WO2023010287A1 - Method and apparatus for notifying information change, terminal device, and network device - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for notifying information change, terminal device, and network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023010287A1
WO2023010287A1 PCT/CN2021/110376 CN2021110376W WO2023010287A1 WO 2023010287 A1 WO2023010287 A1 WO 2023010287A1 CN 2021110376 W CN2021110376 W CN 2021110376W WO 2023010287 A1 WO2023010287 A1 WO 2023010287A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mcch
mbs
terminal device
wus
dci
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/110376
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王淑坤
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/110376 priority Critical patent/WO2023010287A1/en
Priority to CN202180099082.8A priority patent/CN117441381A/en
Publication of WO2023010287A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023010287A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the embodiment of the present application relates to the technical field of mobile communication, and specifically relates to a method and device for notifying information change, a terminal device, and a network device.
  • the MBS configuration of all Multimedia Broadcast Service (MBS) services broadcast by a cell is configured through a Multicast Control Channel (Multicast Control Channel, MCCH) signaling. If the MBS configuration of any MBS service changes, the content in the MCCH signaling will be updated. In the case of MCCH signaling update, all terminal devices must re-acquire MCCH signaling. Even if the MBS configuration of the MBS service that some terminal devices have joined has not changed, these terminal devices also need to re-acquire MCCH signaling. For these terminals The equipment has caused an impact, such as causing power consumption of these terminal equipment.
  • MBS Multimedia Broadcast Service
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for notifying information change, a terminal device, a network device, a chip, a computer-readable storage medium, a computer program product, and a computer program.
  • the terminal device receives first signaling, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change
  • the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH
  • the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling
  • the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  • the network device sends first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change
  • the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH
  • the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling
  • the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  • the device for notifying information change provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to a terminal device, and the device includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive first signaling, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change
  • the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH
  • the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling
  • the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  • the device for notifying information change provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to network equipment, and the device includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change
  • the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH
  • the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling
  • the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  • the terminal device provided in the embodiment of the present application includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information changes.
  • the network device provided in the embodiment of the present application includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information changes.
  • the chip provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to implement the above method for notifying information change.
  • the chip includes: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned method for notifying information change.
  • the computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application is used for storing a computer program, and the computer program causes a computer to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information change.
  • the computer program product provided by the embodiments of the present application includes computer program instructions, and the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information changes.
  • the computer program provided by the embodiment of the present application when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information change.
  • the network device notifies the terminal device whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI and/or whether to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or whether to reacquire the MCCH signaling through the first indication information carried in the first signaling, so as to reach the terminal device
  • the purpose of power saving is not limited to:
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wake-up signal to control DRX provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an MCCH repetition period provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the MCCH modification cycle provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for notifying information changes provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the time domain position of the WUS provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the structure and composition of the device for notifying information changes provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structural composition of the device for notifying information change provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • a communication system 100 may include a terminal device 110 and a network device 120 .
  • the network device 120 may communicate with the terminal device 110 through an air interface. Multi-service transmission is supported between the terminal device 110 and the network device 120 .
  • the embodiment of the present application is only described by using the communication system 100 as an example, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. That is to say, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (Time Division Duplex, TDD), Universal Mobile Communication System (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, UMTS), Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT) system, enhanced Machine-Type Communications (eMTC) system, 5G communication system (also known as New Radio (NR) communication system), or future communication systems, etc.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE Time Division Duplex Time Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • Universal Mobile Telecommunication System Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Communication System
  • Internet of Things Internet of Things
  • NB-IoT Narrow Band Internet of Things
  • eMTC enhanced Machine-Type Communications
  • the network device 120 may be an access network device that communicates with the terminal device 110 .
  • the access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices 110 (such as UEs) located in the coverage area.
  • the network device 120 may be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in a Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, or a Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG RAN) device, Either a base station (gNB) in the NR system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN), or the network device 120 can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable Devices, hubs, switches, bridges, routers, or network devices in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), etc.
  • Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB in a Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system
  • NG RAN Next Generation Radio Access Network
  • gNB base station
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • the network device 120 can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wear
  • the terminal device 110 may be any terminal device, including but not limited to a terminal device connected to the network device 120 or other terminal devices by wire or wirelessly.
  • the terminal equipment 110 may refer to an access terminal, a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • Access terminals can be cellular phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, IoT devices, satellite handheld terminals, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistant , PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in future evolution networks, etc.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the terminal device 110 can be used for device-to-device (Device to Device, D2D) communication.
  • D2D Device to Device
  • the wireless communication system 100 may also include a core network device 130 that communicates with the base station.
  • the core network device 130 may be a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) device, for example, Access and Mobility Management Function (Access and Mobility Management Function , AMF), and for example, authentication server function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF), and for example, user plane function (User Plane Function, UPF), and for example, session management function (Session Management Function, SMF).
  • the core network device 130 may also be a packet core evolution (Evolved Packet Core, EPC) device of the LTE network, for example, a data gateway (Session Management Function+Core Packet Gateway, SMF+PGW- C) Equipment.
  • EPC packet core evolution
  • SMF+PGW-C can realize the functions of SMF and PGW-C at the same time.
  • the above-mentioned core network equipment may be called by other names, or a new network entity may be formed by dividing functions of the core network, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Various functional units in the communication system 100 may also establish a connection through a next generation network (next generation, NG) interface to implement communication.
  • NG next generation network
  • the terminal device establishes an air interface connection with the access network device through the NR interface to transmit user plane data and control plane signaling; the terminal device can establish a control plane signaling connection with the AMF through the NG interface 1 (N1 for short); access Network equipment such as the next generation wireless access base station (gNB), can establish a user plane data connection with UPF through NG interface 3 (abbreviated as N3); access network equipment can establish control plane signaling with AMF through NG interface 2 (abbreviated as N2) connection; UPF can establish a control plane signaling connection with SMF through NG interface 4 (abbreviated as N4); UPF can exchange user plane data with the data network through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6); AMF can communicate with SMF through NG interface 11 (abbreviated as N11) The SMF establishes a control plane signaling connection; the SMF may establish a control plane signaling connection with the PCF through an NG interface 7 (N7 for short).
  • gNB next generation wireless access base station
  • Figure 1 exemplarily shows a base station, a core network device, and two terminal devices.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple base station devices and each base station may include other numbers of terminals within the coverage area.
  • the device is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 1 is only an illustration of a system applicable to this application, and of course, the method shown in the embodiment of this application may also be applicable to other systems.
  • system and “network” are often used interchangeably herein.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and there exists alone B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship.
  • the "indication” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship.
  • A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • the "correspondence” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may mean that there is a direct correspondence or an indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated. , configuration and configured relationship.
  • the "predefined” or “predefined rules” mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be used by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other It is implemented by indicating related information, and this application does not limit the specific implementation.
  • pre-defined may refer to defined in the protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, and this application does not limit this .
  • 5G 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • eMBB Enhanced Mobile Broadband
  • URLLC Ultra-Reliable Low-Latency Communications
  • mMTC Massive Machine-Type Communications
  • eMBB still aims at users obtaining multimedia content, services and data, and its demand is growing rapidly.
  • eMBB may be deployed in different scenarios, such as indoors, urban areas, and rural areas, the capabilities and requirements vary greatly, so it cannot be generalized, and detailed analysis must be combined with specific deployment scenarios.
  • Typical applications of URLLC include: industrial automation, electric power automation, telemedicine operations (surgery), traffic safety guarantee, etc.
  • the typical characteristics of mMTC include: high connection density, small data volume, delay-insensitive services, low cost and long service life of modules, etc.
  • NR In the early deployment of NR, it is difficult to obtain complete NR coverage, so the typical network coverage is wide-area LTE coverage and NR island coverage mode. Moreover, a large number of LTE deployments are below 6GHz, and there is very little spectrum below 6GHz that can be used for 5G. Therefore, NR must study the spectrum application above 6GHz, while the coverage of high frequency bands is limited and the signal fades quickly. At the same time, in order to protect mobile operators' early investment in LTE, a tight interworking working mode between LTE and NR is proposed.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • RRC_IDLE state (referred to as idle (idle) state): Mobility is cell selection and reselection based on terminal equipment, paging is initiated by the core network (Core Network, CN), and the paging area is configured by the CN. There is no terminal device context on the base station side, and there is no RRC connection.
  • CN Core Network
  • RRC_CONNECTED state (connected state for short): there is an RRC connection, and there is a terminal device context at the base station side and the terminal device side.
  • the network side knows the location of the terminal equipment at the specific cell level. Mobility is mobility controlled by the network side. Unicast data can be transmitted between the terminal equipment and the base station.
  • RRC_INACTIVE state (referred to as inactive (inactive) state): Mobility is cell selection and reselection based on terminal equipment, there is a connection between CN-NR, the context of the terminal equipment exists on a certain base station, and paging is triggered by RAN , the RAN-based paging area is managed by the RAN, and the network side knows the location of the terminal device based on the RAN-based paging area level.
  • MBMS is a technology that transmits data from one data source to multiple terminal devices by sharing network resources. This technology can effectively use network resources while providing multimedia services, and realize broadcasting of multimedia services at a higher rate (such as 256kbps) and multicast.
  • 3GPP clearly proposed to enhance the ability to support downlink high-speed MBMS services, and determined the design requirements for the physical layer and air interface.
  • eMBMS evolved MBMS
  • eMBMS evolved MBMS
  • MBSFN Single Frequency Network
  • MBSFN uses a unified frequency to transmit service data in all cells at the same time, but To ensure the synchronization between cells. This method can greatly improve the overall signal-to-noise ratio distribution of the cell, and the spectrum efficiency will also be greatly improved accordingly.
  • eMBMS implements broadcast and multicast of services based on the IP multicast protocol.
  • MBMS In LTE or LTE-Advanced (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), MBMS only has a broadcast bearer mode, but no multicast bearer mode. In addition, the reception of MBMS service is applicable to terminal equipments in idle state or connected state.
  • 3GPP R13 introduced the concept of Single Cell Point To Multiploint (SC-PTM), and SC-PTM is based on the MBMS network architecture.
  • MBMS introduces new logical channels, including Single Cell-Multicast Control Channel (Single Cell-Multicast Control Channel, SC-MCCH) and Single Cell-Multicast Transport Channel (Single Cell-Multicast Transport Channel, SC-MTCH).
  • SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH are mapped to the downlink shared channel (Downlink-Shared Channel, DL-SCH), and further, DL-SCH is mapped to the physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), wherein, SC - MCCH and SC-MTCH belong to logical channels, DL-SCH belongs to transport channels, and PDSCH belongs to physical channels.
  • SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH do not support Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) operation.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest
  • SIB20 System Information Block
  • SIB20 is used to transmit SC-MCCH configuration information, and one cell has only one SC-MCCH.
  • the SC-MCCH configuration information includes: SC-MCCH modification period, SC-MCCH repetition period, and information such as radio frames and subframes for scheduling SC-MCCH.
  • the SC-MCCH is scheduled through a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH).
  • a new radio network temporary identity Radio Network Tempory Identity, RNTI
  • RNTI Radio Network Tempory Identity
  • SC-RNTI Single Cell RNTI
  • the fixed value of SC-RNTI is FFFC.
  • a new RNTI is introduced, that is, a single cell notification RNTI (Single Cell Notification RNTI, SC-N-RNTI) to identify the PDCCH used to indicate the change notification of the SC-MCCH (such as notifying the PDCCH).
  • the SC The fixed value of -N-RNTI is FFFB; further, one of the 8 bits (bits) of DCI 1C can be used to indicate the change notification.
  • SC-PTM configuration information is based on SC-MCCH configured by SIB20, and then SC-MCCH configures SC-MTCH, and SC-MTCH is used to transmit service data.
  • the SC-MCCH only transmits one message (that is, SCPTMConfiguration), which is used to configure configuration information of the SC-PTM.
  • the configuration information of SC-PTM includes: temporary mobile group identity (Temporary Mobile Group Identity, TMGI), session identification (seession id), group RNTI (Group RNTI, G-RNTI), discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) configuration information And the SC-PTM service information of the neighboring cell, etc.
  • TMGI Temporal Mobile Group Identity
  • TMGI Temporal Mobile Group Identity
  • session identification seession id
  • group RNTI Group RNTI, G-RNTI
  • discontinuous reception Discontinuous Reception, DRX
  • SC-PTM service information of the neighboring cell etc.
  • SC-PTM in R13 does not support Robust Header Compression (Robust Header Compression, ROHC) function.
  • the downlink discontinuous reception of SC-PTM is controlled by the following parameters: onDurationTimerSCPTM, drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM, SC-MTCH-SchedulingCycle, and SC-MTCH-SchedulingOffset.
  • the downlink SC-PTM service is received only when the timer onDurationTimerSCPTM or drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM is running.
  • SC-PTM business continuity adopts the concept of MBMS business continuity based on SIB15, that is, "SIB15+MBMSInterestIndication" mode.
  • SIB15 MBMS business continuity
  • the service continuity of terminal equipment in idle state is based on the concept of frequency priority.
  • a new SIB (called the first SIB) is defined, and the first SIB includes the configuration information of the first MCCH.
  • the first MCCH is the control channel of the MBMS service.
  • the first SIB includes the configuration information of the first MCCH.
  • One SIB is used to configure the configuration information of the NR MBMS control channel.
  • the NR MBMS control channel may also be called NR MCCH (that is, the first MCCH).
  • the first MCCH is used to carry the first signaling.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the first signaling.
  • the first signaling is signaling A
  • the first signaling includes at least one first MTCH configuration information
  • the first MTCH is a traffic channel (also referred to as a data channel or a transmission channel) of the MBMS service
  • the first MTCH is used to transmit MBMS service data (such as NR MBMS service data).
  • the first MCCH is used to configure the configuration information of the traffic channel of NR MBMS.
  • the traffic channel of NR MBMS can also be called NR MTCH (that is, the first MTCH).
  • the first signaling is used to configure an NR MBMS traffic channel, service information corresponding to the traffic channel, and scheduling information corresponding to the traffic channel.
  • the service information corresponding to the service channel such as TMGI, session id and other identification information for identifying services.
  • the scheduling information corresponding to the traffic channel for example, the RNTI used when the MBMS service data corresponding to the traffic channel is scheduled, such as G-RNTI, DRX configuration information, and the like.
  • both the transmission of the first MCCH and the first MTCH are scheduled based on the PDCCH.
  • the RNTI used by the PDCCH for scheduling the first MCCH uses a network-wide unique identifier, that is, a fixed value.
  • the RNTI used by the PDCCH for scheduling the first MTCH is configured through the first MCCH.
  • the first SIB can also be referred to as the SIB for short
  • the first MCCH can also be referred to as the MCCH for short
  • the first MTCH can also be referred to as the MTCH for short
  • the PDCCH ie, the MCCH PDCCH
  • the PDSCH ie MCCH PDSCH
  • the PDSCH used to transmit the MCCH is scheduled by the DCI carried by the MCCH PDCCH.
  • M PDCCHs for scheduling MTCH (ie MTCH 1 PDCCH, MTCH 2 PDCCH, ..., MTCH M PDCCH) through MCCH, wherein, the DCI scheduling carried by MTCH n PDCCH is used to transmit the PDSCH of MTCH n (ie MTCH n PDSCH), n is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M.
  • MCCH and MTCH are mapped to DL-SCH, and further, DL-SCH is mapped to PDSCH, wherein MCCH and MTCH belong to logical channels, DL-SCH belongs to transport channel, and PDSCH belongs to physical channel.
  • NR energy saving enhancement introduces Wake Up Signal (WUS), which can also be referred to as energy saving signal or wake up signal for short.
  • WUS Wake Up Signal
  • the energy-saving wake-up signal is used in combination with the discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism.
  • DRX discontinuous reception
  • the energy-saving wake-up signal instructs the terminal device to monitor the PDCCH, that is, the energy-saving wake-up signal "wakes up” the terminal device to monitor the PDCCH during the DRX ON duration; otherwise, when the terminal device has no data transmission in a DRX cycle, the energy-saving wake-up signal indicates The terminal device does not monitor the PDCCH, that is, the energy-saving wake-up signal does not "wake up” the terminal device, and the terminal device does not need to monitor the PDCCH during the DRX ON Duration.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device has no data transmission, the terminal device can omit the PDCCH monitoring during the DRX ON duration, thereby realizing energy saving.
  • the time before the DRX ON duration of the terminal device is called the DRX inactive time, and the time when the terminal device is in the DRX ON Duration is called the DRX active time.
  • the multicast-type MBS service refers to the MBS service transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the broadcast-type MBS service refers to the MBS service transmitted by broadcasting.
  • the newly defined SIB (such as the first SIB in the above solution) is used to configure the MCCH (such as the first MCCH in the above solution).
  • the signaling carried by the MCCH (such as the first signaling in the above scheme, which can also be called MCCH signaling) is used to configure one or more MTCHs.
  • the MTCH is the traffic channel of the MBS service. Therefore, the configuration information of an MTCH It can also be understood as the MBS configuration of the MBS service, and the signaling carried by the MCCH is used to configure the MBS configuration of one or more MBS services.
  • the configuration information of the MTCH (that is, the MBS configuration of the MBS service) may change. If there is a change, the network device needs to notify the terminal device to reacquire the MCCH signaling, and then update the MBS configuration of the MBS service.
  • MCCH is sent periodically, and the MCCH PDCCH used to schedule MCCH is also sent periodically.
  • the cycle of MCCH is called MCCH repetition period (MCCH repetition period), and there is a period of duration (duration) in one MCCH repetition period. ) is called MCCH duration, and MCCH PDCCH is sent within the MCCH duration.
  • the MCCH PDCCH can be sent in a beam scanning manner.
  • Figure 3 takes the MCCH PDCCH sending in a beam scanning manner through 4 beams as an example.
  • the MCCH change can be notified through the DCI, and this kind of DCI can also be called MCCH change notification DCI.
  • notifying the change of the MCCH refers to notifying that the content in the MCCH signaling has changed. If the MCCH change is notified, the terminal device needs to reacquire the MCCH signaling. If the MCCH change is not notified, the terminal device does not need to monitor the MCCH PDCCH in each MCCH repetition period to obtain the MCCH signaling, thereby achieving the purpose of power saving.
  • the MCCH change notification DCI is sent within one MCCH modification period (MCCH modification period).
  • the MCCH modification starts in the next MCCH modification period, or the MCCH modification may start in the MCCH modification period where the MCCH modification notification DCI is located.
  • changing the MCCH can be understood as changing the content in the MCCH signaling carried by the MCCH.
  • the MBS configurations of all MBS services broadcast by a cell are configured through one MCCH signaling. If the MBS configuration of any MBS service changes, the content in the MCCH signaling will be updated. In the case of MCCH signaling update, all terminal devices must re-acquire MCCH signaling. Even if the MBS configuration of the MBS service that some terminal devices have joined has not changed, these terminal devices also need to re-acquire MCCH signaling. For these terminals The equipment has caused an impact, such as causing power consumption of these terminal equipment.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for notifying information change provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 5 , the method for notifying information change includes the following steps:
  • Step 501 The network device sends a first signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first signaling, the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the Whether the terminal equipment monitors the MCCH change notification DCI; whether the terminal equipment monitors the MCCH DCI; whether the terminal equipment reacquires MCCH signaling; wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, and the MCCH DCI is used for scheduling MCCH, where the MCCH is used to bear MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  • the network device is a base station.
  • the first signaling is the first DCI or the first WUS or the second WUS.
  • the first DCI may also be called MCCH change notification DCI.
  • the first WUS may also be called the MCCH WUS.
  • the second WUS may also be called the MCCH change notification WUS.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the names of the first DCI, the first WUS, and the second WUS.
  • the first signaling is the first DCI, and the first indication information carried in the first DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling.
  • the first DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI; the first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or, the first RNTI is dedicated to scrambling the first DCI RNTI.
  • the first DCI when the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI, the first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first DCI is It is used to notify MCCH change or to schedule MCCH.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate the Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred for the MBS service corresponding to the bit.
  • the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
  • the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N
  • the correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  • the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it is necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling; if the The terminal device determines, based on the first bitmap, that the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has not undergone an MBS configuration change, and then the terminal device determines that it is not necessary to reacquire MCCH signaling.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  • the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs belongs to has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it is necessary to reacquire the MCCH information. and obtain the updated MBS configuration of the first MBS service based on the MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device joins belongs to based on the second bitmap If there is no change of MBS configuration, the terminal device determines that it does not need to reacquire MCCH signaling.
  • the network device sends second configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine at least one MBS service and at least one MBS Correspondence between service groups: the terminal device determines, based on the second configuration information, the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs. Further, optionally, the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the terminal device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to determine the correspondence between service group identifiers and service identifiers; the terminal device , determining the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs; or, the terminal device determines the first MBS service based on the service identifier of the first MBS service joined by the terminal device The service group ID of the MBS service group to which it belongs.
  • the third configuration information is carried in RRC signaling or NAS signaling.
  • the network device configures the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier for the terminal device through RRC signaling or NAS signaling.
  • the service group identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service group
  • the service identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service.
  • the terminal device can determine the service group identifier of the corresponding MBS service group according to the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier, and the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so that it can Determine whether the MBS configuration has changed.
  • the terminal device may also calculate the service group identifier according to the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so as to judge whether the MBS configuration is changed according to the service group identifier.
  • the first signaling is the first WUS, and the first indication information carried in the first WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors MCCH DCI and/or reacquires MCCH signaling.
  • the first WUS when the first WUS belongs to DCI, the first WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
  • the first WUS may be associated with one MCCH transmission window, or associated with K MCCH transmission windows, or associated with one transmission period. It is explained below.
  • the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, and the first WUS is located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
  • the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
  • the value of K is configured by the network device.
  • the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network device.
  • the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the first of the K MCCH transmission windows.
  • the deviation of the starting positions of the MCCH transmission windows is the first deviation.
  • the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, and the first WUS is located before its associated transmission period.
  • the length of the transmission period is configured by the network device.
  • the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period.
  • the length of the transmission period is T
  • the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the deviation of the start position or end position of the WUS duration relative to the start position of the transmission period is first deviation.
  • the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
  • the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
  • the MCCH transmission window is a time window corresponding to the MCCH duration or a time window corresponding to the MCCH repetition period.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS, where the The configuration information of the first WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration, or the first offset corresponding to the end position.
  • the first configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or whether to receive the first WUS. MCCH signaling behind WUS.
  • the terminal equipment determines to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS; if The value of the first information is the second value, then the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not to receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS.
  • the first value is 1 and the second value is 0; or, the first value is 0 and the second value is 1.
  • the terminal device determines to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receives the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS
  • the terminal device is in the MCCH transmission window associated with the first WUS Monitor MCCH DCI and/or receive MCCH signaling within K MCCH transmission windows or within one transmission period.
  • the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS, the terminal device is in the MCCH transmission window associated with the first WUS Within or within K MCCH transmission windows or within one transmission period, the MCCH DCI is not monitored and/or the MCCH signaling is not received.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate whether the MBS service corresponding to the bit occurs
  • the MBS configuration has been changed.
  • the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
  • the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N
  • the correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  • the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or reacquire the MCCH Signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then the terminal device determines that it is not necessary to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or reacquire the MCCH signaling.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  • the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH DCI and /or re-acquire MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service the terminal device belongs to has not undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines not to Need to monitor MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling.
  • the network device sends second configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine at least one MBS service and at least one MBS Correspondence between service groups: the terminal device determines, based on the second configuration information, the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs. Further, optionally, the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the terminal device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to determine the correspondence between service group identifiers and service identifiers; the terminal device , determining the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs; or, the terminal device determines the first MBS service based on the service identifier of the first MBS service joined by the terminal device The service group ID of the MBS service group to which it belongs.
  • the third configuration information is carried in RRC signaling or NAS signaling.
  • the network device configures the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier for the terminal device through RRC signaling or NAS signaling.
  • the service group identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service group
  • the service identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service.
  • the terminal device can determine the service group identifier of the corresponding MBS service group according to the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier, and the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so that it can Determine whether the MBS configuration has changed.
  • the terminal device may also calculate the service group identifier according to the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so as to judge whether the MBS configuration is changed according to the service group identifier.
  • the first signaling is the second WUS, and the first indication information carried in the second WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI.
  • the second WUS when the second WUS belongs to the DCI, the second WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
  • the second WUS is associated with a transmission window
  • the transmission window is used to transmit the MCCH change notification DCI
  • the second WUS is located before its associated transmission window.
  • the transmission window is a window within the MCCH modification period.
  • the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
  • the second WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the deviation of the start position or end position of the WUS duration relative to the start position of the transmission window is first deviation.
  • the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
  • the MCCH transmission window is a time window corresponding to the MCCH duration or a time window corresponding to the MCCH repetition period.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the second WUS, wherein the The configuration information of the second WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration, or the first offset corresponding to the end position.
  • the first configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the first indication information includes second information, and a value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
  • the terminal device determines to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS; if the value of the second information is the second value , the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS.
  • the first value is 1 and the second value is 0; or, the first value is 0 and the second value is 1.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device determines to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS, the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI within the transmission window associated with the second WUS. If the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS, the terminal device does not monitor the MCCH change notification DCI within the transmission window associated with the second WUS.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate whether the MBS service corresponding to the bit occurs
  • the MBS configuration has been changed.
  • the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
  • the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N
  • the correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  • the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI; if the The terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that no MBS configuration change has occurred in the first MBS service that the terminal device joins, then the terminal device determines that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  • the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service to which the terminal device belongs belongs has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI: If the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service the terminal device belongs to has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then the terminal device determines that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI .
  • the network device sends second configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine at least one MBS service and at least one MBS Correspondence between service groups: the terminal device determines, based on the second configuration information, the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs. Further, optionally, the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the terminal device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to determine the correspondence between service group identifiers and service identifiers; the terminal device , determining the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs; or, the terminal device determines the first MBS service based on the service identifier of the first MBS service joined by the terminal device The service group ID of the MBS service group to which it belongs.
  • the third configuration information is carried in RRC signaling or NAS signaling.
  • the network device configures the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier for the terminal device through RRC signaling or NAS signaling.
  • the service group identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service group
  • the service identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service.
  • the terminal device can determine the service group identifier of the corresponding MBS service group according to the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier, and the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so that it can Determine whether the MBS configuration has changed.
  • the terminal device may also calculate the service group identifier according to the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so as to judge whether the MBS configuration is changed according to the service group identifier.
  • a tag (may be called a value tag) is introduced, and the tag is used for counting MCCH changes.
  • the network device sends the value of the first label
  • the terminal device obtains the value of the first label, and every time the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the first label is increased by 1 ;
  • the terminal device determines whether to reacquire MCCH signaling based on the value of the first label.
  • the terminal device obtains the value of the first label from the SIB or MCCH DCI.
  • the terminal device acquires the value of the first label within an MCCH modification period.
  • the initial value of the first label is 0, the maximum value of the first label is H, and H is a positive integer, and the value of the first label returns to the initial value after reaching the maximum value.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device obtains the value of the first label, it can determine whether to re-acquire the MCCH signaling in the following manner: if the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is the same as the obtained value of the first label, then It is determined that MCCH signaling does not need to be reacquired; if the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is different from the value of the first label obtained, it is determined that MCCH signaling needs to be reacquired.
  • the network device indicates to the terminal device whether to reacquire MCCH signaling to the terminal device through the first DCI.
  • the first DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI; the first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or, the first RNTI is dedicated to scrambling the first DCI RNTI.
  • the first DCI when the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI, the first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first DCI is It is used to notify MCCH change or to schedule MCCH. Further, if the second indication information is used to indicate that the first DCI is used to notify MCCH change, then there is no MCCH scheduling information in the first DCI.
  • the MCCH DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI
  • the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI
  • the MCCH DCI does not carry the scheduling information of the MCCH, but carries the second indication information
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the MCCH DCI is used to notify MCCH change.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate the Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred for the MBS service corresponding to the bit.
  • the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
  • the value of a bit is 1 (or 0) to indicate that the MBS service corresponding to the bit has undergone an MBS configuration change, and the value of the bit to 0 (or 1) is used to indicate that the MBS service corresponding to the bit has changed.
  • the MBS configuration has not been changed for the MBS service.
  • the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N
  • the correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  • the N MBS services are the N MBS services being broadcast by the cell.
  • the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it is necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling; if the The terminal device determines, based on the first bitmap, that the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has not undergone an MBS configuration change, and then the terminal device determines that it is not necessary to reacquire MCCH signaling.
  • the first MBS service that the terminal device joins may be understood as the MBS service that the terminal device is receiving or the MBS service that the terminal device is about to receive or the MBS service that the terminal device is interested in.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: MBS services whose MBS configuration has changed, and MBS services whose MBS configuration has not changed.
  • the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  • the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs belongs to has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it is necessary to reacquire the MCCH information. and obtain the updated MBS configuration of the first MBS service based on the MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device joins belongs to based on the second bitmap If there is no change of MBS configuration, the terminal device determines that it does not need to reacquire MCCH signaling.
  • the first MBS service that the terminal device joins may be understood as the MBS service that the terminal device is receiving or the MBS service that the terminal device is about to receive or the MBS service that the terminal device is interested in.
  • the network device indicates to the terminal device whether to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling to the terminal device through the first WUS (called MCCH WUS).
  • the first WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
  • the first WUS may be associated with one MCCH transmission window, or associated with K MCCH transmission windows, or associated with one transmission period. It is explained below.
  • the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, and the first WUS is located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
  • the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
  • the value of K is configured by the network device.
  • the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network device.
  • the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the first of the K MCCH transmission windows.
  • the deviation of the starting positions of the MCCH transmission windows is the first deviation.
  • the K MCCH transmission windows share the same first WUS.
  • the first deviation refers to the WUS duration (WUS duration) The offset of the end position of the relative to the start position of the first MCCH transmission window.
  • the network device configures the frame number of the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows, and then the terminal device can determine the position of the K MCCH transmission windows through the value of K.
  • the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, and the first WUS is located before its associated transmission period.
  • the length of the transmission period is configured by the network device.
  • the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period.
  • the length of the transmission period is T
  • the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the deviation of the start position or end position of the WUS duration relative to the start position of the transmission period is first deviation.
  • the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
  • the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS, where the The configuration information of the first WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration, or the first offset corresponding to the end position.
  • the first configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • WUS offset WUS offset
  • the network device can configure the configuration information of the first WUS (ie MCCH WUS) through SIB or MCCH signaling, wherein the configuration information of the first WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the WUS duration The first offset corresponding to the start position or end position of the time.
  • the configuration information of the first WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the WUS duration The first offset corresponding to the start position or end position of the time.
  • the unit of the length of the WUS duration may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, and the like.
  • the unit of the first offset may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, and the like.
  • the first WUS carries the first indication information, and the implementation manner of the first indication information will be described below.
  • the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or whether to receive the first WUS. MCCH signaling behind WUS.
  • the first information is 1-bit information
  • the value of 1-bit information is 1 (or 0) for indicating to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receive the MCCH signal behind the first WUS make.
  • the value of the 1-bit information is 0 (or 1) for indicating not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not to receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate whether the MBS service corresponding to the bit occurs
  • the MBS configuration has been changed.
  • the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
  • the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N
  • the correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  • the terminal device monitors the first WUS within the duration of the WUS, if the first indication information in the first WUS indicates that the terminal device does not monitor the MCCH DCI and/or does not reacquire MCCH signaling, then the terminal device does not monitor the first WUS.
  • the network device indicates to the terminal device whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI to the terminal device through the second WUS (called MCCH WUS).
  • the second WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
  • the second WUS may be associated with a transmission window, the transmission window is used to transmit the MCCH change notification DCI, and the second WUS is located before its associated transmission window.
  • the transmission window is a window within the MCCH modification period. That is, a transmission window is defined in the MCCH modification period, and the transmission window is used for transmitting MCCH change notification DCI.
  • the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
  • the network device can configure the configuration information of the second WUS (that is, the MCCH change notification WUS) through SIB or MCCH signaling, wherein the configuration information of the second WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, The first deviation corresponding to the start position or end position of the WUS duration.
  • the configuration information of the second WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, The first deviation corresponding to the start position or end position of the WUS duration.
  • the unit of the length of the WUS duration may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, and the like.
  • the unit of the first offset may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, and the like.
  • the second WUS carries the first indication information, and the implementation manner of the first indication information will be described below.
  • the first indication information includes second information, and a value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
  • the second information is 1-bit information
  • the value of the 1-bit information is 1 (or 0) to indicate to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
  • the value of 1-bit information is 0 (or 1) to indicate not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate whether the MBS service corresponding to the bit occurs
  • the MBS configuration has been changed.
  • the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
  • the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N
  • the correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The corresponding relationship between the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  • the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service to which the terminal device belongs belongs has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI: If the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service the terminal device belongs to has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then the terminal device determines that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI .
  • the terminal device monitors the second WUS within the duration of the WUS, if the first indication information in the second WUS indicates that the terminal device does not monitor the MCCH change notification DCI. , the terminal device does not monitor the MCCH change notification DCI. Otherwise, the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI.
  • the network device sends the value (ie, value tag) of a tag (ie, the first tag in the above scheme) to the terminal device through the SIB or MCCH DCI, and the value of the tag is an integer value.
  • the tag can be called an MCCH value tag (MCCH value tag), the initial value of the tag is 0, and the maximum value is H. Whenever the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the tag is incremented by 1. If the value of the label reaches the maximum value, the value of the label starts from 0.
  • the terminal device In the scenario where the terminal device does not receive the MCCH change notification DCI within the MCCH modification period, or the terminal device recovers from the coverage hole and receives the MCCH signaling, the terminal device independently obtains the tag value in each MCCH modification period, and will obtain The value of the received label is compared with the value of the stored label. If they are the same, the stored MBS configuration is considered to be valid, otherwise, the MCCH signaling is reacquired.
  • DCI or WUS indicates whether the terminal equipment monitors the MCCH change notification DCI and/or whether monitors the MCCH DCI and/or whether to reacquire MCCH signaling, so as to achieve the purpose of power saving of the terminal equipment.
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in this application.
  • the implementation of the examples constitutes no limitation.
  • the terms “downlink”, “uplink” and “sidelink” are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, wherein “downlink” is used to indicate that the transmission direction of signals or data is sent from the station The first direction to the user equipment in the cell, “uplink” is used to indicate that the signal or data transmission direction is the second direction sent from the user equipment in the cell to the station, and “side line” is used to indicate that the signal or data transmission direction is A third direction sent from UE1 to UE2.
  • “downlink signal” indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction.
  • the term “and/or” is only an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships. Specifically, A and/or B may mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of the structural composition of the device for notifying information change provided by the embodiment of the present application. It is applied to a terminal device. As shown in Fig. 7, the device for notifying information change includes:
  • the receiving unit 701 is configured to receive first signaling, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change
  • the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH
  • the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling
  • the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  • the first signaling is a first DCI
  • the first indication information carried in the first DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling.
  • the first DCI is scrambled by using the first wireless network temporary identifier RNTI;
  • the first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or,
  • the first RNTI is an RNTI dedicated to scrambling the first DCI.
  • the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI
  • the first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first DCI is used for notifying MCCH change or for scheduling MCCH.
  • the first signaling is a first wake-up signal WUS
  • the first indication information carried in the first WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH DCI and/or restarts Obtain MCCH signaling.
  • the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, and the first WUS is located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
  • the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
  • the value of K is configured by the network device.
  • the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network device.
  • the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the K MCCH transmission window The deviation of the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window is the first deviation.
  • the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, and the first WUS is located before its associated transmission period.
  • the length of the transmission period is configured by the network device.
  • the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period.
  • the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the start position of the transmission period.
  • the deviation is the first deviation.
  • the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
  • the first signaling is the second WUS
  • the first indication information carried in the second WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI.
  • the second WUS is associated with a transmission window
  • the transmission window is used to transmit the MCCH change notification DCI
  • the second WUS is located before its associated transmission window.
  • the transmission window is a window within the MCCH modification period.
  • the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
  • the second WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the start position of the transmission window.
  • the deviation is the first deviation.
  • the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
  • the receiving unit 701 is further configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS, wherein the first WUS or the second WUS
  • the configuration information of the WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration, or the first offset corresponding to the end position.
  • the first configuration information is carried in a system information block (SIB) or MCCH signaling.
  • SIB system information block
  • MCCH MCCH
  • the first WUS or the second WUS belongs to the DCI
  • the first WUS or the second WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
  • the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or whether to receive the first WUS. MCCH signaling behind WUS.
  • the device further includes: a determining unit 702, configured to determine to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receive the first WUS if the value of the first information is a first value MCCH signaling behind the first WUS; if the value of the first information is the second value, then determine not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not receive the MCCH behind the first WUS MCCH signaling.
  • a determining unit 702 configured to determine to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receive the first WUS if the value of the first information is a first value MCCH signaling behind the first WUS; if the value of the first information is the second value, then determine not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not receive the MCCH behind the first WUS MCCH signaling.
  • the first indication information includes second information, and a value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
  • the apparatus further includes: a determining unit 702, configured to determine to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS if the value of the second information is the first value; if If the value of the second information is the second value, it is determined not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS.
  • a determining unit 702 configured to determine to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS if the value of the second information is the first value; if If the value of the second information is the second value, it is determined not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate the Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred for the MBS service corresponding to the bit.
  • the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identifier of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
  • the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N
  • the correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  • the device further includes: a determining unit 702, configured to:
  • the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then it is determined that the MCCH needs to be reacquired Signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that it is not necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling;
  • the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that the MCCH DCI needs to be monitored and/or re-acquire MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that it is not necessary to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or re-acquire Obtain MCCH signaling;
  • the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then it is determined that the MCCH change needs to be monitored Notifying the DCI; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that there is no need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI.
  • the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  • the device further includes: a determining unit 702, configured to:
  • the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service to which the terminal device belongs belongs has changed, then Determining that MCCH signaling needs to be acquired again, and acquiring an updated MBS configuration of the first MBS service based on the MCCH signaling; If the MBS service group to which the service belongs has not changed the MBS configuration, it is determined that there is no need to re-obtain MCCH signaling;
  • the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs to has undergone a change, then Determining that it is necessary to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs to has not changed the MBS configuration, then Determine that there is no need to monitor MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling;
  • the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs to has undergone a change, then Determine that it is necessary to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI; if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service to which the terminal device belongs belongs has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change Notify the DCI.
  • the receiving unit 701 is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine a correspondence between at least one MBS service and at least one MBS service group;
  • the apparatus further includes: a determining unit 701, configured to determine, based on the second configuration information, the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs.
  • the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the receiving unit 701 is further configured to receive third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to determine the correspondence between the service group identifier and the service identifier;
  • the apparatus further includes: a determining unit 701, configured to determine, based on the third configuration information, the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs; or, based on the The service identifier of the first MBS service determines the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service belongs.
  • a determining unit 701 configured to determine, based on the third configuration information, the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs; or, based on the The service identifier of the first MBS service determines the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service belongs.
  • the receiving unit 701 is further configured to obtain the value of the first label, and each time the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the first label is increased by 1;
  • the apparatus further includes: a determining unit 701, configured to determine whether to reacquire MCCH signaling based on the value of the first label.
  • the receiving unit 701 is configured to obtain the value of the first label from the SIB or MCCH DCI.
  • the receiving unit 701 is configured to obtain the value of the first label in an MCCH modification period.
  • the initial value of the first label is 0, the maximum value of the first label is H, and H is a positive integer, and the value of the first label returns to the specified value after reaching the maximum value. the above initial value.
  • the determining unit 701 is configured to determine that it is not necessary to reacquire MCCH signaling if the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is the same as the value of the first label obtained. ; If the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is different from the obtained value of the first label, it is determined that the MCCH signaling needs to be acquired again.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the second structural composition of the device for notifying information change provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is applied to network equipment.
  • the device for notifying information change includes:
  • a sending unit 801 configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change
  • the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH
  • the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling
  • the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  • the first signaling is a first DCI
  • the first indication information carried in the first DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling.
  • the first DCI is scrambled by a first RNTI
  • the first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or,
  • the first RNTI is an RNTI dedicated to scrambling the first DCI.
  • the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI
  • the first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first DCI is used for notifying MCCH change or for scheduling MCCH.
  • the first signaling is the first WUS
  • the first indication information carried in the first WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH DCI and/or reacquires the MCCH signaling.
  • the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, and the first WUS is located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
  • the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
  • the value of K is configured by the network device.
  • the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network device.
  • the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the K MCCH transmission window The deviation of the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window is the first deviation.
  • the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, and the first WUS is located before its associated transmission period.
  • the length of the transmission period is configured by the network device.
  • the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period.
  • the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the start position of the transmission period.
  • the deviation is the first deviation.
  • the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
  • the first signaling is the second WUS
  • the first indication information carried in the second WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI.
  • the second WUS is associated with a transmission window
  • the transmission window is used to transmit the MCCH change notification DCI
  • the second WUS is located before its associated transmission window.
  • the transmission window is a window within the MCCH modification period.
  • the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
  • the second WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the start position of the transmission window.
  • the deviation is the first deviation.
  • the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
  • the sending unit 801 is further configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS, wherein the The configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration or the first offset corresponding to the end position.
  • the first configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the first WUS or the second WUS belongs to the DCI
  • the first WUS or the second WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
  • the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or whether to receive the first WUS. MCCH signaling behind WUS.
  • the first indication information includes second information, and a value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
  • the first indication information includes third information
  • the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
  • the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate the Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred for the MBS service corresponding to the bit.
  • the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identifier of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer;
  • the corresponding relationship between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or,
  • the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  • the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer;
  • the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or,
  • the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  • the sending unit 801 is further configured to send second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the relationship between at least one MBS service and at least one MBS service group Correspondence.
  • the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  • the sending unit 801 is further configured to send the value of the first label, and each time the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the first label is increased by 1.
  • the value of the first label is carried in the SIB or MCCH DCI.
  • the initial value of the first label is 0, the maximum value of the first label is H, and H is a positive integer, and the value of the first label returns to the specified value after reaching the maximum value. the above initial value.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a network device.
  • the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 includes a processor 910, and the processor 910 can invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 may further include a memory 920 .
  • the processor 910 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 920, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 920 may be an independent device independent of the processor 910 , or may be integrated in the processor 910 .
  • the communication device 900 may further include a transceiver 930, and the processor 910 may control the transceiver 930 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or receive other Information or data sent by the device.
  • the transceiver 930 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 930 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 900 may specifically be the network device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 900 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here. .
  • the communication device 900 may specifically be the mobile terminal/terminal device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 900 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, for the sake of brevity , which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 1000 shown in FIG. 10 includes a processor 1010, and the processor 1010 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 1000 may further include a memory 1020 .
  • the processor 1010 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 1020, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1020 may be an independent device independent of the processor 1010 , or may be integrated in the processor 1010 .
  • the chip 1000 may also include an input interface 1030 .
  • the processor 1010 can control the input interface 1030 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 1000 may also include an output interface 1040 .
  • the processor 1010 can control the output interface 1040 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the communication system 1100 includes a terminal device 1110 and a network device 1120 .
  • the terminal device 1110 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the terminal device in the above method
  • the network device 1120 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the network device in the above method.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash.
  • the volatile memory can be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM Static Random Access Memory
  • SRAM Static Random Access Memory
  • DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application , for the sake of brevity, it is not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
  • the computer program product may be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the Let me repeat for the sake of brevity, the Let me repeat.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application, For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program executes the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program executes the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program executes each method in the embodiment of the present application to be implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device
  • the corresponding process will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc., which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a method and apparatus for notifying information change, a terminal device, and a network device, the method comprising: a terminal device receives first signaling, wherein the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one among the following: whether the terminal device monitors MCCH change notification DCI; whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH DCI; and whether the terminal device reacquires the MCCH signaling, the MCCH change notification DCI being used to notify an MCCH change, the MCCH DCI being used to schedule an MCCH, the MCCH being used to carry the MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling comprising one or more multi-MBS configurations.

Description

一种通知信息变更的方法及装置、终端设备、网络设备A method and device for notifying information change, terminal equipment, and network equipment 技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及移动通信技术领域,具体涉及一种通知信息变更的方法及装置、终端设备、网络设备。The embodiment of the present application relates to the technical field of mobile communication, and specifically relates to a method and device for notifying information change, a terminal device, and a network device.
背景技术Background technique
一个小区广播的全部多媒体广播服务(Multimedia Broadcast Service,MBS)业务的MBS配置都通过一个多播控制信道(Multicast Control Channel,MCCH)信令进行配置。任何一个MBS业务的MBS配置发生变化,MCCH信令中的内容就会更新。在MCCH信令更新的情况下,所有终端设备都要重新获取MCCH信令,即使某些终端设备加入的MBS业务的MBS配置未发生变化,这些终端设备也需要重新获取MCCH信令,对这些终端设备造成了影响,例如造成这些终端设备的费电。The MBS configuration of all Multimedia Broadcast Service (MBS) services broadcast by a cell is configured through a Multicast Control Channel (Multicast Control Channel, MCCH) signaling. If the MBS configuration of any MBS service changes, the content in the MCCH signaling will be updated. In the case of MCCH signaling update, all terminal devices must re-acquire MCCH signaling. Even if the MBS configuration of the MBS service that some terminal devices have joined has not changed, these terminal devices also need to re-acquire MCCH signaling. For these terminals The equipment has caused an impact, such as causing power consumption of these terminal equipment.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通知信息变更的方法及装置、终端设备、网络设备、芯片、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品、计算机程序。Embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for notifying information change, a terminal device, a network device, a chip, a computer-readable storage medium, a computer program product, and a computer program.
本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的方法,包括:The method for notifying information changes provided in the embodiment of this application includes:
终端设备接收第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:The terminal device receives first signaling, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI;
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的方法,包括:The method for notifying information changes provided in the embodiment of this application includes:
网络设备向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:The network device sends first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI;
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的装置,应用于终端设备,所述装置包括:The device for notifying information change provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to a terminal device, and the device includes:
接收单元,用于接收第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:A receiving unit, configured to receive first signaling, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI;
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的装置,应用于网络设备,所述装置包括:The device for notifying information change provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to network equipment, and the device includes:
发送单元,用于向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:A sending unit, configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI;
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
本申请实施例提供的终端设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述的通知信息变更的方法。The terminal device provided in the embodiment of the present application includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information changes.
本申请实施例提供的网络设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述的通知信息变更的方法。The network device provided in the embodiment of the present application includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information changes.
本申请实施例提供的芯片,用于实现上述的通知信息变更的方法。The chip provided by the embodiment of the present application is used to implement the above method for notifying information change.
具体地,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的设备执行上述的通知信息变更的方法。Specifically, the chip includes: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned method for notifying information change.
本申请实施例提供的计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序使得计算机执行上述的通知信息变更的方法。The computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application is used for storing a computer program, and the computer program causes a computer to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information change.
本申请实施例提供的计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行上述的通知信息变更的方法。The computer program product provided by the embodiments of the present application includes computer program instructions, and the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information changes.
本申请实施例提供的计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述的通知信息变更的方法。The computer program provided by the embodiment of the present application, when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the above-mentioned method for notifying information change.
通过上述技术方案,网络设备通过第一信令中携带的第一指示信息来通知终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI和/或是否监听MCCH DCI和/或是否重新获取MCCH信令,从而达到终端设备省电的目的。Through the above technical solution, the network device notifies the terminal device whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI and/or whether to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or whether to reacquire the MCCH signaling through the first indication information carried in the first signaling, so as to reach the terminal device The purpose of power saving.
附图说明Description of drawings
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本申请的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本申请的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本申请,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described here are used to provide a further understanding of the application and constitute a part of the application. The schematic embodiments and descriptions of the application are used to explain the application and do not constitute an improper limitation to the application. In the attached picture:
图1是本申请实施例的一个应用场景的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的能唤醒信号控制DRX的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wake-up signal to control DRX provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的MCCH重复周期的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an MCCH repetition period provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的MCCH修改周期的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the MCCH modification cycle provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for notifying information changes provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的WUS的时域位置的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the time domain position of the WUS provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的装置的结构组成示意图一;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the structure and composition of the device for notifying information changes provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的装置的结构组成示意图二;Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structural composition of the device for notifying information change provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意性结构图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性框图。Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art without making creative efforts belong to the scope of protection of this application.
图1是本申请实施例的一个应用场景的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
如图1所示,通信系统100可以包括终端设备110和网络设备120。网络设备120可以通过空口与终端设备110通信。终端设备110和网络设备120之间支持多业务传输。As shown in FIG. 1 , a communication system 100 may include a terminal device 110 and a network device 120 . The network device 120 may communicate with the terminal device 110 through an air interface. Multi-service transmission is supported between the terminal device 110 and the network device 120 .
应理解,本申请实施例仅以通信系统100进行示例性说明,但本申请实施例不限定于此。也就是说,本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)系统、窄带物联网(Narrow Band Internet of Things,NB-IoT)系统、增强的机器类型通信(enhanced Machine-Type Communications,eMTC)系统、5G通信系统(也称为新无线(New Radio,NR)通信系统),或未来的通信系统等。It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is only described by using the communication system 100 as an example, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. That is to say, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (Time Division Duplex, TDD), Universal Mobile Communication System (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, UMTS), Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT) system, enhanced Machine-Type Communications (eMTC) system, 5G communication system (also known as New Radio (NR) communication system), or future communication systems, etc.
在图1所示的通信系统100中,网络设备120可以是与终端设备110通信的接入网设备。接入网设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备110(例如 UE)进行通信。In the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 , the network device 120 may be an access network device that communicates with the terminal device 110 . The access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices 110 (such as UEs) located in the coverage area.
网络设备120可以是长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者是下一代无线接入网(Next Generation Radio Access Network,NG RAN)设备,或者是NR系统中的基站(gNB),或者是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)中的无线控制器,或者该网络设备120可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的网络设备等。The network device 120 may be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in a Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, or a Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG RAN) device, Either a base station (gNB) in the NR system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN), or the network device 120 can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable Devices, hubs, switches, bridges, routers, or network devices in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), etc.
终端设备110可以是任意终端设备,其包括但不限于与网络设备120或其它终端设备采用有线或者无线连接的终端设备。The terminal device 110 may be any terminal device, including but not limited to a terminal device connected to the network device 120 or other terminal devices by wire or wirelessly.
例如,所述终端设备110可以指接入终端、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、IoT设备、卫星手持终端、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进网络中的终端设备等。For example, the terminal equipment 110 may refer to an access terminal, a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. Access terminals can be cellular phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, IoT devices, satellite handheld terminals, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistant , PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in future evolution networks, etc.
终端设备110可以用于设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)的通信。The terminal device 110 can be used for device-to-device (Device to Device, D2D) communication.
无线通信系统100还可以包括与基站进行通信的核心网设备130,该核心网设备130可以是5G核心网(5G Core,5GC)设备,例如,接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF),又例如,认证服务器功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF),又例如,用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF),又例如,会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)。可选地,核心网络设备130也可以是LTE网络的分组核心演进(Evolved Packet Core,EPC)设备,例如,会话管理功能+核心网络的数据网关(Session Management Function+Core Packet Gateway,SMF+PGW-C)设备。应理解,SMF+PGW-C可以同时实现SMF和PGW-C所能实现的功能。在网络演进过程中,上述核心网设备也有可能叫其它名字,或者通过对核心网的功能进行划分形成新的网络实体,对此本申请实施例不做限制。The wireless communication system 100 may also include a core network device 130 that communicates with the base station. The core network device 130 may be a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) device, for example, Access and Mobility Management Function (Access and Mobility Management Function , AMF), and for example, authentication server function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF), and for example, user plane function (User Plane Function, UPF), and for example, session management function (Session Management Function, SMF). Optionally, the core network device 130 may also be a packet core evolution (Evolved Packet Core, EPC) device of the LTE network, for example, a data gateway (Session Management Function+Core Packet Gateway, SMF+PGW- C) Equipment. It should be understood that SMF+PGW-C can realize the functions of SMF and PGW-C at the same time. In the process of network evolution, the above-mentioned core network equipment may be called by other names, or a new network entity may be formed by dividing functions of the core network, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
通信系统100中的各个功能单元之间还可以通过下一代网络(next generation,NG)接口建立连接实现通信。Various functional units in the communication system 100 may also establish a connection through a next generation network (next generation, NG) interface to implement communication.
例如,终端设备通过NR接口与接入网设备建立空口连接,用于传输用户面数据和控制面信令;终端设备可以通过NG接口1(简称N1)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;接入网设备例如下一代无线接入基站(gNB),可以通过NG接口3(简称N3)与UPF建立用户面数据连接;接入网设备可以通过NG接口2(简称N2)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口4(简称N4)与SMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口6(简称N6)与数据网络交互用户面数据;AMF可以通过NG接口11(简称N11)与SMF建立控制面信令连接;SMF可以通过NG接口7(简称N7)与PCF建立控制面信令连接。For example, the terminal device establishes an air interface connection with the access network device through the NR interface to transmit user plane data and control plane signaling; the terminal device can establish a control plane signaling connection with the AMF through the NG interface 1 (N1 for short); access Network equipment such as the next generation wireless access base station (gNB), can establish a user plane data connection with UPF through NG interface 3 (abbreviated as N3); access network equipment can establish control plane signaling with AMF through NG interface 2 (abbreviated as N2) connection; UPF can establish a control plane signaling connection with SMF through NG interface 4 (abbreviated as N4); UPF can exchange user plane data with the data network through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6); AMF can communicate with SMF through NG interface 11 (abbreviated as N11) The SMF establishes a control plane signaling connection; the SMF may establish a control plane signaling connection with the PCF through an NG interface 7 (N7 for short).
图1示例性地示出了一个基站、一个核心网设备和两个终端设备,可选地,该无线通信系统100可以包括多个基站设备并且每个基站的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Figure 1 exemplarily shows a base station, a core network device, and two terminal devices. Optionally, the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple base station devices and each base station may include other numbers of terminals within the coverage area. The device is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
需要说明的是,图1只是以示例的形式示意本申请所适用的系统,当然,本申请实施例所示的方法还可以适用于其它系统。此外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“预定义”或“预定义规则”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。还应理解,本申请实施例中,所述"协议"可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that FIG. 1 is only an illustration of a system applicable to this application, and of course, the method shown in the embodiment of this application may also be applicable to other systems. Furthermore, the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and there exists alone B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. It should also be understood that the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship. For example, A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation. It should also be understood that the "correspondence" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may mean that there is a direct correspondence or an indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated. , configuration and configured relationship. It should also be understood that the "predefined" or "predefined rules" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be used by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other It is implemented by indicating related information, and this application does not limit the specific implementation. For example, pre-defined may refer to defined in the protocol. It should also be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, and this application does not limit this .
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下对本申请实施例的相关技术进行说明,以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the related technologies of the embodiments of the present application are described below. The following related technologies can be combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, and all of them belong to the embodiments of the present application. protected range.
随着人们对速率、延迟、高速移动性、能效的追求以及未来生活中业务的多样性、复杂性,为此第三代合作伙伴计划(3 rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)国际标准组织开始研发5G。5G的主要应用场景为:增强移动超宽带(enhanced Mobile Broadband,eMBB)、低时延高可靠通信(Ultra-Reliable Low-Latency Communications,URLLC)、大规模机器类通信(massive Machine-Type Communications,mMTC)。 With people's pursuit of speed, delay, high-speed mobility, energy efficiency, and the diversity and complexity of business in future life, the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) international standards organization began to develop 5G . The main application scenarios of 5G are: Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), Ultra-Reliable Low-Latency Communications (URLLC), Massive Machine-Type Communications (mMTC) ).
一方面,eMBB仍然以用户获得多媒体内容、服务和数据为目标,其需求增长十分迅速。另一方面,由于eMBB可能部署在不同的场景中,例如室内,市区,农村等,其能力和需求的差别也比较大,所以不能一概而论,必须结合具体的部署场景详细分析。URLLC的典型应用包括:工业自动化,电力自动化,远程医疗操作(手术),交通安全保障等。mMTC的典型特点包括:高连接密度,小数据量,时延不敏感业务,模块的低成本和长使用寿命等。On the one hand, eMBB still aims at users obtaining multimedia content, services and data, and its demand is growing rapidly. On the other hand, since eMBB may be deployed in different scenarios, such as indoors, urban areas, and rural areas, the capabilities and requirements vary greatly, so it cannot be generalized, and detailed analysis must be combined with specific deployment scenarios. Typical applications of URLLC include: industrial automation, electric power automation, telemedicine operations (surgery), traffic safety guarantee, etc. The typical characteristics of mMTC include: high connection density, small data volume, delay-insensitive services, low cost and long service life of modules, etc.
在NR早期部署时,完整的NR覆盖很难获取,所以典型的网络覆盖是广域的LTE覆盖和NR的孤岛覆盖模式。而且大量的LTE部署在6GHz以下,可用于5G的6GHz以下频谱很少。所以NR必须研究6GHz以上的频谱应用,而高频段覆盖有限、信号衰落快。同时为了保护移动运营商前期在LTE投资,提出了LTE和NR之间紧耦合(tight interworking)的工作模式。In the early deployment of NR, it is difficult to obtain complete NR coverage, so the typical network coverage is wide-area LTE coverage and NR island coverage mode. Moreover, a large number of LTE deployments are below 6GHz, and there is very little spectrum below 6GHz that can be used for 5G. Therefore, NR must study the spectrum application above 6GHz, while the coverage of high frequency bands is limited and the signal fades quickly. At the same time, in order to protect mobile operators' early investment in LTE, a tight interworking working mode between LTE and NR is proposed.
RRC状态RRC state
5G为了降低空口信令和快速恢复无线连接,快速恢复数据业务的目的,定义了一个新的无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)状态,即RRC非激活(RRC_INACTIVE)状态。这种状态有别于RRC空闲(RRC_IDLE)状态和RRC激活(RRC_ACTIVE)状态。其中,In order to reduce air interface signaling, quickly restore wireless connections, and quickly restore data services, 5G defines a new Radio Resource Control (RRC) state, that is, RRC_INACTIVE state. This state is different from the RRC idle (RRC_IDLE) state and the RRC active (RRC_ACTIVE) state. in,
1)RRC_IDLE状态(简称为空闲(idle)态):移动性为基于终端设备的小区选择重选,寻呼由核心网(Core Network,CN)发起,寻呼区域由CN配置。基站侧不存在终端设备上下文,不存在RRC连接。1) RRC_IDLE state (referred to as idle (idle) state): Mobility is cell selection and reselection based on terminal equipment, paging is initiated by the core network (Core Network, CN), and the paging area is configured by the CN. There is no terminal device context on the base station side, and there is no RRC connection.
2)RRC_CONNECTED状态(简称为连接(connected)态):存在RRC连接,基站侧和终端设备侧存在终端设备上下文。网络侧知道终端设备的位置是具体小区级别的。移动性是网络侧控制的移动性。终端设备和基站之间可以传输单播数据。2) RRC_CONNECTED state (connected state for short): there is an RRC connection, and there is a terminal device context at the base station side and the terminal device side. The network side knows the location of the terminal equipment at the specific cell level. Mobility is mobility controlled by the network side. Unicast data can be transmitted between the terminal equipment and the base station.
3)RRC_INACTIVE状态(简称为非激活(inactive)态):移动性为基于终端设备的小区选择重选,存在CN-NR之间的连接,终端设备上下文存在某个基站上,寻呼由RAN触发,基于RAN的寻呼区域由RAN管理,网络侧知道终端设备的位置是基于RAN的寻呼区域级别的。3) RRC_INACTIVE state (referred to as inactive (inactive) state): Mobility is cell selection and reselection based on terminal equipment, there is a connection between CN-NR, the context of the terminal equipment exists on a certain base station, and paging is triggered by RAN , the RAN-based paging area is managed by the RAN, and the network side knows the location of the terminal device based on the RAN-based paging area level.
MBMSMBMS
MBMS是一种通过共享网络资源从一个数据源向多个终端设备传送数据的技术,该技术在提供多媒体业务的同时能有效地利用网络资源,实现较高速率(如256kbps)的多媒体业务的广播和组播。MBMS is a technology that transmits data from one data source to multiple terminal devices by sharing network resources. This technology can effectively use network resources while providing multimedia services, and realize broadcasting of multimedia services at a higher rate (such as 256kbps) and multicast.
由于MBMS频谱效率较低,不足以有效地承载和支撑手机电视类型业务的运营。因此在LTE中,3GPP明确提出增强对下行高速MBMS业务的支持能力,并确定了对物理层和空中接口的设计要求。Due to the low spectrum efficiency of MBMS, it is not enough to effectively carry and support the operation of mobile TV services. Therefore, in LTE, 3GPP clearly proposed to enhance the ability to support downlink high-speed MBMS services, and determined the design requirements for the physical layer and air interface.
3GPP R9将演进的MBMS(evolved MBMS,eMBMS)引入到LTE中。eMBMS提出了单频率网络(Single Frequency Network,SFN)的概念,即多媒体广播多播服务单频率网络(Multimedia Broadcast multicast service Single Frequency Network,MBSFN),MBSFN采用统一频率在所有小区同时发送业务数据,但是要保证小区间的同步。这种方式可以极大的提高小区整体信噪比分布,频谱效率也会相应的大幅提高。eMBMS基于IP多播协议实现业务的广播和多播。3GPP R9 introduces evolved MBMS (evolved MBMS, eMBMS) into LTE. eMBMS proposes the concept of Single Frequency Network (SFN), that is, Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service Single Frequency Network (MBSFN). MBSFN uses a unified frequency to transmit service data in all cells at the same time, but To ensure the synchronization between cells. This method can greatly improve the overall signal-to-noise ratio distribution of the cell, and the spectrum efficiency will also be greatly improved accordingly. eMBMS implements broadcast and multicast of services based on the IP multicast protocol.
在LTE或增强的LTE(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中,MBMS只有广播承载模式,没有多播承载模式。此外,MBMS业务的接收适用于空闲态或者连接态的终端设备。In LTE or LTE-Advanced (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), MBMS only has a broadcast bearer mode, but no multicast bearer mode. In addition, the reception of MBMS service is applicable to terminal equipments in idle state or connected state.
3GPP R13中引入了单小区点对多点(Single Cell Point To Multiploint,SC-PTM)概念,SC-PTM基于MBMS网络架构。3GPP R13 introduced the concept of Single Cell Point To Multiploint (SC-PTM), and SC-PTM is based on the MBMS network architecture.
MBMS引入了新的逻辑信道,包括单小区多播控制信道(Single Cell-Multicast Control Channel,SC-MCCH)和单小区多播传输信道(Single Cell-Multicast Transport Channel,SC-MTCH)。SC-MCCH和SC-MTCH被映射到下行共享信道(Downlink-Shared Channel,DL-SCH)上,进一步,DL-SCH被映射到物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)上,其中,SC-MCCH和SC-MTCH属于逻辑信道,DL-SCH属于传输信道,PDSCH属于物理信道。SC-MCCH和SC-MTCH不支持混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ)操作。MBMS introduces new logical channels, including Single Cell-Multicast Control Channel (Single Cell-Multicast Control Channel, SC-MCCH) and Single Cell-Multicast Transport Channel (Single Cell-Multicast Transport Channel, SC-MTCH). SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH are mapped to the downlink shared channel (Downlink-Shared Channel, DL-SCH), and further, DL-SCH is mapped to the physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), wherein, SC - MCCH and SC-MTCH belong to logical channels, DL-SCH belongs to transport channels, and PDSCH belongs to physical channels. SC-MCCH and SC-MTCH do not support Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) operation.
MBMS引入了新的系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB)类型,即SIB20。具体地,通过SIB20来传输SC-MCCH的配置信息,一个小区只有一个SC-MCCH。SC-MCCH的配置信息包括:SC-MCCH的修改周期、SC-MCCH的重复周期、以及调度SC-MCCH的无线帧和子帧等信息。进一步,1)SC-MCCH的修改周期的边界满足SFN mod m=0,其中,SFN代表边界的系统帧号,m是SIB20中配置的SC-MCCH的修改周期(即sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod)。2)调度SC-MCCH的无线帧满足:SFN mod mcch-RepetitionPeriod=mcch-Offset,其中,SFN代表无线帧的系统帧号,mcch-RepetitionPeriod代表SC-MCCH的重复周期,mcch-Offset代表SC-MCCH的偏移量。3)调度SC-MCCH的子帧通过sc-mcch-Subframe指示。MBMS introduces a new system information block (System Information Block, SIB) type, namely SIB20. Specifically, SIB20 is used to transmit SC-MCCH configuration information, and one cell has only one SC-MCCH. The SC-MCCH configuration information includes: SC-MCCH modification period, SC-MCCH repetition period, and information such as radio frames and subframes for scheduling SC-MCCH. Further, 1) the boundary of the modification period of SC-MCCH satisfies SFN mod m=0, wherein, SFN represents the system frame number of the boundary, and m is the modification period (ie sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod) of the SC-MCCH configured in SIB20. 2) Scheduling the wireless frame of SC-MCCH satisfies: SFN mod mcch-RepetitionPeriod=mcch-Offset, wherein, SFN represents the system frame number of the wireless frame, mcch-RepetitionPeriod represents the repetition period of SC-MCCH, and mcch-Offset represents SC-MCCH offset. 3) The subframe for scheduling the SC-MCCH is indicated by sc-mcch-Subframe.
SC-MCCH通过物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)调度。一方面,引入新的无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Tempory Identity,RNTI),即单小区RNTI(Single Cell RNTI,SC-RNTI)来识别用于调度SC-MCCH的PDCCH(如SC-MCCH PDCCH),可选地,SC-RNTI固定取值为FFFC。另一方面,引入新的RNTI,即单小区通知RNTI(Single Cell Notification RNTI,SC-N-RNTI)来识别用于指示SC-MCCH的变更通知的PDCCH(如通知PDCCH),可选地,SC-N-RNTI固定取值为FFFB;进一步,可以用DCI 1C的8个比特(bit)中的一个bit来指示变更通知。在LTE中,SC-PTM的配置信息基于SIB20配置的SC-MCCH,然后SC-MCCH配置SC-MTCH,SC-MTCH用于传输业务数据。The SC-MCCH is scheduled through a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). On the one hand, a new radio network temporary identity (Radio Network Tempory Identity, RNTI), that is, a single cell RNTI (Single Cell RNTI, SC-RNTI) is introduced to identify the PDCCH (such as SC-MCCH PDCCH) used to schedule the SC-MCCH, Optionally, the fixed value of SC-RNTI is FFFC. On the other hand, a new RNTI is introduced, that is, a single cell notification RNTI (Single Cell Notification RNTI, SC-N-RNTI) to identify the PDCCH used to indicate the change notification of the SC-MCCH (such as notifying the PDCCH). Optionally, the SC The fixed value of -N-RNTI is FFFB; further, one of the 8 bits (bits) of DCI 1C can be used to indicate the change notification. In LTE, SC-PTM configuration information is based on SC-MCCH configured by SIB20, and then SC-MCCH configures SC-MTCH, and SC-MTCH is used to transmit service data.
具体地,SC-MCCH只传输一个消息(即SCPTMConfiguration),该消息用于配置SC-PTM的配置信息。SC-PTM的配置信息包括:临时移动组标识(Temporary Mobile Group Identity,TMGI)、会话标识(seession id)、组RNTI(Group RNTI,G-RNTI)、非连续接收(Discontinuous Reception,DRX)配置信息以及邻区的SC-PTM业务信息等。需要说明的是,R13中的SC-PTM不支持健壮性包头压缩(Robust Header Compression,ROHC)功能。Specifically, the SC-MCCH only transmits one message (that is, SCPTMConfiguration), which is used to configure configuration information of the SC-PTM. The configuration information of SC-PTM includes: temporary mobile group identity (Temporary Mobile Group Identity, TMGI), session identification (seession id), group RNTI (Group RNTI, G-RNTI), discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception, DRX) configuration information And the SC-PTM service information of the neighboring cell, etc. It should be noted that SC-PTM in R13 does not support Robust Header Compression (Robust Header Compression, ROHC) function.
SC-PTM的下行非连续的接收是通过以下参数控制的:onDurationTimerSCPTM、drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM、SC-MTCH-SchedulingCycle、以及SC-MTCH-SchedulingOffset。The downlink discontinuous reception of SC-PTM is controlled by the following parameters: onDurationTimerSCPTM, drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM, SC-MTCH-SchedulingCycle, and SC-MTCH-SchedulingOffset.
当满足[(SFN*10)+subframe number]modulo(SC-MTCH-SchedulingCycle)=SC-MTCH-SchedulingOffset时,启动定时器onDurationTimerSCPTM;When [(SFN*10)+subframe number]modulo(SC-MTCH-SchedulingCycle)=SC-MTCH-SchedulingOffset is satisfied, start the timer onDurationTimerSCPTM;
当接收到下行PDCCH调度时,启动定时器drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM;When receiving downlink PDCCH scheduling, start the timer drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM;
只有当定时器onDurationTimerSCPTM或drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM运行时才接收下行SC-PTM业务。The downlink SC-PTM service is received only when the timer onDurationTimerSCPTM or drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM is running.
SC-PTM业务连续性采用基于SIB15的MBMS业务连续性概念,即“SIB15+MBMSInterestIndication”方式。空闲态的终端设备的业务连续性基于频率优先级的概念。SC-PTM business continuity adopts the concept of MBMS business continuity based on SIB15, that is, "SIB15+MBMSInterestIndication" mode. The service continuity of terminal equipment in idle state is based on the concept of frequency priority.
本申请实施例的技术方案中,定义一个新的SIB(称为第一SIB),第一SIB包括第一MCCH的配置信息,这里,第一MCCH为MBMS业务的控制信道,换句话说,第一SIB用于配置NR MBMS的控制信道的配置信息,可选地,NR MBMS的控制信道也可以叫做NR MCCH(即所述第一MCCH)。In the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, a new SIB (called the first SIB) is defined, and the first SIB includes the configuration information of the first MCCH. Here, the first MCCH is the control channel of the MBMS service. In other words, the first SIB includes the configuration information of the first MCCH. One SIB is used to configure the configuration information of the NR MBMS control channel. Optionally, the NR MBMS control channel may also be called NR MCCH (that is, the first MCCH).
进一步,第一MCCH用于承载第一信令,本申请实施例对第一信令的名称不做限定,如第一信令为信令A,所述第一信令包括至少一个第一MTCH的配置信息,这里,第一MTCH为MBMS业务的业务信道(也称为数据信道或传输信道),第一MTCH用于传输MBMS业务数据(如NR MBMS的业务数据)。换句话说,第一MCCH用于配置NR MBMS的业务信道的配置信息,可选地,NR MBMS的业务信道也可以叫做NR MTCH(即所述第一MTCH)。Further, the first MCCH is used to carry the first signaling. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the name of the first signaling. For example, the first signaling is signaling A, and the first signaling includes at least one first MTCH configuration information, here, the first MTCH is a traffic channel (also referred to as a data channel or a transmission channel) of the MBMS service, and the first MTCH is used to transmit MBMS service data (such as NR MBMS service data). In other words, the first MCCH is used to configure the configuration information of the traffic channel of NR MBMS. Optionally, the traffic channel of NR MBMS can also be called NR MTCH (that is, the first MTCH).
具体地,所述第一信令用于配置NR MBMS的业务信道、该业务信道对应的业务信息以及该业务信道对应的调度信息。进一步,可选地,所述业务信道对应的业务信息,例如TMGI、session id等标识业务的标识信息。所述业务信道对应的调度信息,例如业务信道对应的MBMS业务数据被调度时使用的RNTI,例如G-RNTI、DRX配置信息等。Specifically, the first signaling is used to configure an NR MBMS traffic channel, service information corresponding to the traffic channel, and scheduling information corresponding to the traffic channel. Further, optionally, the service information corresponding to the service channel, such as TMGI, session id and other identification information for identifying services. The scheduling information corresponding to the traffic channel, for example, the RNTI used when the MBMS service data corresponding to the traffic channel is scheduled, such as G-RNTI, DRX configuration information, and the like.
需要说明的是,第一MCCH和第一MTCH的传输都是基于PDCCH调度的。其中,用于调度第一MCCH的PDCCH使用的RNTI使用全网唯一标识,即是一个固定值。用于调度第一MTCH的PDCCH使用的RNTI通过第一MCCH进行配置。It should be noted that both the transmission of the first MCCH and the first MTCH are scheduled based on the PDCCH. Wherein, the RNTI used by the PDCCH for scheduling the first MCCH uses a network-wide unique identifier, that is, a fixed value. The RNTI used by the PDCCH for scheduling the first MTCH is configured through the first MCCH.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对所述第一SIB、所述第一MCCH和所述第一MTCH的命名不做限制。为便于描述,所述第一SIB也可以简称为SIB,所述第一MCCH也可以简称为MCCH,所述第一MTCH也可以简称为MTCH,通过SIB配置用于调度MCCH的PDCCH(即MCCH PDCCH)以及通知PDCCH,其中,通过MCCH PDCCH携带的DCI调度用于传输MCCH的PDSCH(即MCCH PDSCH)。进一步,通过MCCH配置M个用于调度MTCH的PDCCH(即MTCH 1 PDCCH、MTCH 2 PDCCH、…、MTCH M PDCCH),其中,MTCH n PDCCH携带的DCI调度用于传输MTCH n的 PDSCH(即MTCH n PDSCH),n为大于等于1且小于等于M的整数。MCCH和MTCH被映射到DL-SCH上,进一步,DL-SCH被映射到PDSCH上,其中,MCCH和MTCH属于逻辑信道,DL-SCH属于传输信道,PDSCH属于物理信道。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, there is no restriction on naming of the first SIB, the first MCCH, and the first MTCH. For ease of description, the first SIB can also be referred to as the SIB for short, the first MCCH can also be referred to as the MCCH for short, and the first MTCH can also be referred to as the MTCH for short, and the PDCCH (ie, the MCCH PDCCH) configured to schedule the MCCH is configured by the SIB. ) and notify the PDCCH, wherein, the PDSCH (ie MCCH PDSCH) used to transmit the MCCH is scheduled by the DCI carried by the MCCH PDCCH. Further, configure M PDCCHs for scheduling MTCH (ie MTCH 1 PDCCH, MTCH 2 PDCCH, ..., MTCH M PDCCH) through MCCH, wherein, the DCI scheduling carried by MTCH n PDCCH is used to transmit the PDSCH of MTCH n (ie MTCH n PDSCH), n is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M. MCCH and MTCH are mapped to DL-SCH, and further, DL-SCH is mapped to PDSCH, wherein MCCH and MTCH belong to logical channels, DL-SCH belongs to transport channel, and PDSCH belongs to physical channel.
需要说明的是,虽然上述方案是以MBMS为例进行说明的,但“MBMS”的描述也可以替换为“MBS”。本申请实施例以MBS为例进行说明,“MBS”的描述也可以被替换为“MBMS”。It should be noted that although the foregoing solution is described using MBMS as an example, the description of "MBMS" may also be replaced with "MBS". The embodiment of the present application uses MBS as an example for description, and the description of "MBS" may also be replaced with "MBMS".
节能energy saving
为了实现终端设备的节能,NR节能增强引入了节能唤醒信号(Wake Up Signal,WUS),节能唤醒信号也可以简称为节能信号或者唤醒信号。标准化中,节能唤醒信号与非连续接收(DRX)机制结合使用,其具体的技术原理是,终端设备在DRX ON duration之前接收节能唤醒信号,如图2所示,当终端设备在一个DRX周期有数据传输时,节能唤醒信号指示终端设备监听PDCCH,即节能唤醒信号“唤醒”终端设备,以在DRX ON duration期间监听PDCCH;否则,当终端设备在一个DRX周期没有数据传输时,节能唤醒信号指示终端设备不监听PDCCH,即节能唤醒信号不“唤醒”终端设备,终端设备在DRX ON Duration期间不需要监听PDCCH。相比传统的DRX机制,在终端设备没有数据传输时,终端设备可省略DRX ON duration期间的PDCCH监听,从而实现了节能。终端设备在DRX ON duration之前的时间被称为DRX非激活时间,终端设备在DRX ON Duration的时间被称为DRX激活时间。In order to realize the energy saving of terminal equipment, NR energy saving enhancement introduces Wake Up Signal (WUS), which can also be referred to as energy saving signal or wake up signal for short. In standardization, the energy-saving wake-up signal is used in combination with the discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism. The specific technical principle is that the terminal device receives the energy-saving wake-up signal before the DRX ON duration. As shown in Figure 2, when the terminal device has During data transmission, the energy-saving wake-up signal instructs the terminal device to monitor the PDCCH, that is, the energy-saving wake-up signal "wakes up" the terminal device to monitor the PDCCH during the DRX ON duration; otherwise, when the terminal device has no data transmission in a DRX cycle, the energy-saving wake-up signal indicates The terminal device does not monitor the PDCCH, that is, the energy-saving wake-up signal does not "wake up" the terminal device, and the terminal device does not need to monitor the PDCCH during the DRX ON Duration. Compared with the traditional DRX mechanism, when the terminal device has no data transmission, the terminal device can omit the PDCCH monitoring during the DRX ON duration, thereby realizing energy saving. The time before the DRX ON duration of the terminal device is called the DRX inactive time, and the time when the terminal device is in the DRX ON Duration is called the DRX active time.
在NR系统中,很多场景需要支持组播类型和广播类型的业务需求,例如车联网中,工业互联网中等。所以在NR中引入组播类型和广播类型的MBS业务是有必要的。需要说明的是,组播类型的MBS业务是指通过组播方式传输的MBS业务。广播类型的MBS业务是指通过广播方式传输的MBS业务。In the NR system, many scenarios need to support multicast and broadcast business requirements, such as in the Internet of Vehicles and the Industrial Internet. So it is necessary to introduce multicast and broadcast MBS services in NR. It should be noted that the multicast-type MBS service refers to the MBS service transmitted in a multicast manner. The broadcast-type MBS service refers to the MBS service transmitted by broadcasting.
在NR系统中,对于广播类型的MBS业务的MBS配置,通过新定义的SIB(如上述方案中的第一SIB)用来配置MCCH(如上述方案中的第一MCCH)。MCCH承载的信令(如上述方案中的第一信令,也可以称为MCCH信令)用于配置一个或多个MTCH,这里,MTCH为MBS业务的业务信道,因此,一个MTCH的配置信息也可以理解为MBS业务的MBS配置,MCCH承载的信令用于配置一个或多个MBS业务的MBS配置。MTCH的配置信息(即MBS业务的MBS配置)可能发生变更,如果发生变更则网络设备需要通知终端设备重新获取MCCH信令,进而更新MBS业务的MBS配置。In the NR system, for the MBS configuration of the broadcast type MBS service, the newly defined SIB (such as the first SIB in the above solution) is used to configure the MCCH (such as the first MCCH in the above solution). The signaling carried by the MCCH (such as the first signaling in the above scheme, which can also be called MCCH signaling) is used to configure one or more MTCHs. Here, the MTCH is the traffic channel of the MBS service. Therefore, the configuration information of an MTCH It can also be understood as the MBS configuration of the MBS service, and the signaling carried by the MCCH is used to configure the MBS configuration of one or more MBS services. The configuration information of the MTCH (that is, the MBS configuration of the MBS service) may change. If there is a change, the network device needs to notify the terminal device to reacquire the MCCH signaling, and then update the MBS configuration of the MBS service.
MCCH是周期发送的,用于调度MCCH的MCCH PDCCH也是周期发送的,如图3所示,MCCH的周期称为MCCH重复周期(MCCH repetition period),在一个MCCH重复周期内有一段持续时间(duration)称为MCCH duration,MCCH PDCCH在该MCCH duration内发送。进一步,MCCH PDCCH可以以波束扫描的方式发送,图3以MCCH PDCCH通过4个波束按照波束扫描的方式发送为例。MCCH is sent periodically, and the MCCH PDCCH used to schedule MCCH is also sent periodically. As shown in Figure 3, the cycle of MCCH is called MCCH repetition period (MCCH repetition period), and there is a period of duration (duration) in one MCCH repetition period. ) is called MCCH duration, and MCCH PDCCH is sent within the MCCH duration. Further, the MCCH PDCCH can be sent in a beam scanning manner. Figure 3 takes the MCCH PDCCH sending in a beam scanning manner through 4 beams as an example.
通过DCI可以通知MCCH变更,这种DCI也可以称为MCCH变更通知DCI。这里,通知MCCH变更是指通知MCCH信令中的内容发生了变更。如果通知MCCH变更,则终端设备需要重新获取MCCH信令,如果没有通知MCCH变更,则终端设备不需要在每个MCCH重复周期内都监听MCCH PDCCH从而获取MCCH信令,进而达到省电的目的。如图4所示,MCCH变更通知DCI是在一个MCCH修改周期(MCCH modification period)内发送的。在下一个MCCH修改周期开始变更MCCH,或者,也可以在MCCH变更通知DCI所在的MCCH修改周期就开始变更MCCH。这里,变更MCCH可以理解为变更MCCH承载的MCCH信令中的内容。The MCCH change can be notified through the DCI, and this kind of DCI can also be called MCCH change notification DCI. Here, notifying the change of the MCCH refers to notifying that the content in the MCCH signaling has changed. If the MCCH change is notified, the terminal device needs to reacquire the MCCH signaling. If the MCCH change is not notified, the terminal device does not need to monitor the MCCH PDCCH in each MCCH repetition period to obtain the MCCH signaling, thereby achieving the purpose of power saving. As shown in Figure 4, the MCCH change notification DCI is sent within one MCCH modification period (MCCH modification period). The MCCH modification starts in the next MCCH modification period, or the MCCH modification may start in the MCCH modification period where the MCCH modification notification DCI is located. Here, changing the MCCH can be understood as changing the content in the MCCH signaling carried by the MCCH.
一个小区广播的全部MBS业务的MBS配置都通过一个MCCH信令进行配置。任何一个MBS业务的MBS配置发生变化,MCCH信令中的内容就会更新。在MCCH信令更新的情况下,所有终端设备都要重新获取MCCH信令,即使某些终端设备加入的MBS业务的MBS配置未发生变化,这些终端设备也需要重新获取MCCH信令,对这些终端设备造成了影响,例如造成这些终端设备的费电。The MBS configurations of all MBS services broadcast by a cell are configured through one MCCH signaling. If the MBS configuration of any MBS service changes, the content in the MCCH signaling will be updated. In the case of MCCH signaling update, all terminal devices must re-acquire MCCH signaling. Even if the MBS configuration of the MBS service that some terminal devices have joined has not changed, these terminal devices also need to re-acquire MCCH signaling. For these terminals The equipment has caused an impact, such as causing power consumption of these terminal equipment.
为此,提出了本申请实施例的以下技术方案。To this end, the following technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are proposed.
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下通过具体实施例详述本申请的技术方案。以上相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below through specific examples. As optional solutions, the above related technologies may be combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application in any combination, and all of them belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiment of the present application includes at least part of the following content.
图5是本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的方法的流程示意图,如图5所示,所述通知信息变更的方法包括以下步骤:Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for notifying information change provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 5 , the method for notifying information change includes the following steps:
步骤501:网络设备向终端设备发送第一信令,终端设备接收第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更 通知DCI;所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Step 501: The network device sends a first signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first signaling, the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the Whether the terminal equipment monitors the MCCH change notification DCI; whether the terminal equipment monitors the MCCH DCI; whether the terminal equipment reacquires MCCH signaling; wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, and the MCCH DCI is used for scheduling MCCH, where the MCCH is used to bear MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述网络设备为基站。In some optional implementation manners, the network device is a base station.
本申请实施例中,所述第一信令为第一DCI或者第一WUS或者第二WUS。这里,第一DCI也可以称为MCCH变更通知DCI。第一WUS也可以称为MCCH WUS。第二WUS也可以称为MCCH变更通知WUS。本申请实施例对第一DCI、第一WUS、第二WUS的名称不做限定。In this embodiment of the present application, the first signaling is the first DCI or the first WUS or the second WUS. Here, the first DCI may also be called MCCH change notification DCI. The first WUS may also be called the MCCH WUS. The second WUS may also be called the MCCH change notification WUS. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the names of the first DCI, the first WUS, and the second WUS.
以下结合第一信令的不同的实现方式对本申请实施例的技术进行说明。The technology in the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with different implementation manners of the first signaling.
方案一Option One
所述第一信令为第一DCI,所述第一DCI中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令。The first signaling is the first DCI, and the first indication information carried in the first DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一DCI通过第一RNTI加扰;所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI;或者,所述第一RNTI为专用于加扰所述第一DCI的RNTI。In some optional implementation manners, the first DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI; the first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or, the first RNTI is dedicated to scrambling the first DCI RNTI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI的情况下,所述第一DCI携带第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一DCI是用于通知MCCH变更还是用于调度MCCH。In some optional implementation manners, when the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI, the first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first DCI is It is used to notify MCCH change or to schedule MCCH.
方案1-1Scheme 1-1
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。进一步,可选地,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate the Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred for the MBS service corresponding to the bit. Further, optionally, the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N The correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
上述方案中,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令。In the above solution, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it is necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling; if the The terminal device determines, based on the first bitmap, that the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has not undergone an MBS configuration change, and then the terminal device determines that it is not necessary to reacquire MCCH signaling.
方案1-2Scheme 1-2
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
这里,需要说明的是,MBS业务组中的全部MBS业务(也可以是部分MBS业务)的MBS配置发生了变更,则认为该MBS业务组的MBS配置发生了变更。Here, it should be noted that if the MBS configuration of all MBS services (or some MBS services) in the MBS service group is changed, it is considered that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group has changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
上述方案中,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务 所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要重新获取MCCH信令,并基于所述MCCH信令获取所述第一MBS业务的更新的MBS配置;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令。In the above solution, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs belongs to has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it is necessary to reacquire the MCCH information. and obtain the updated MBS configuration of the first MBS service based on the MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device joins belongs to based on the second bitmap If there is no change of MBS configuration, the terminal device determines that it does not need to reacquire MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述终端设备接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定至少一个MBS业务与至少一个MBS业务组之间的对应关系;所述终端设备基于所述第二配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组。进一步,可选地,所述第二配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the network device sends second configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine at least one MBS service and at least one MBS Correspondence between service groups: the terminal device determines, based on the second configuration information, the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs. Further, optionally, the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述终端设备接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于确定业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系;所述终端设备基于所述第三配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识;或者,所述终端设备基于所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识,确定所述第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识。In some optional implementation manners, the terminal device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to determine the correspondence between service group identifiers and service identifiers; the terminal device , determining the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs; or, the terminal device determines the first MBS service based on the service identifier of the first MBS service joined by the terminal device The service group ID of the MBS service group to which it belongs.
这里,可选地,所述第三配置信息携带在RRC信令或者NAS信令中。网络设备通过RRC信令或者NAS信令为终端设备配置业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系。这里,业务组标识是指MBS业务组的标识,业务标识是指MBS业务的标识。终端设备根据业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系,以及自身加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识,可以确定出对应的MBS业务组的业务组标识,从而可以根据MBS业务组的业务组标识判断MBS配置是否发生变更。Here, optionally, the third configuration information is carried in RRC signaling or NAS signaling. The network device configures the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier for the terminal device through RRC signaling or NAS signaling. Here, the service group identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service group, and the service identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service. The terminal device can determine the service group identifier of the corresponding MBS service group according to the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier, and the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so that it can Determine whether the MBS configuration has changed.
这里,终端设备也可以根据身加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识计算出业务组标识,从而根据该业务组标识判断MBS配置是否发生变更。作为示例,可以根据以下公式计算业务组标识:业务组标识=业务标识mod S,这里,S为正整数,可选地,S可以为一个业务组内包括的业务的数量。Here, the terminal device may also calculate the service group identifier according to the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so as to judge whether the MBS configuration is changed according to the service group identifier. As an example, the service group identifier can be calculated according to the following formula: service group identifier=service identifier mod S, where S is a positive integer, optionally, S can be the number of services included in a service group.
方案二Option II
所述第一信令为第一WUS,所述第一WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令。The first signaling is the first WUS, and the first indication information carried in the first WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors MCCH DCI and/or reacquires MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS属于DCI的情况下,所述第一WUS通过WUS RNTI加扰。In some optional implementation manners, when the first WUS belongs to DCI, the first WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
本申请实施例中,所述第一WUS可以关联一个MCCH传输窗口,或者关联K个MCCH传输窗口,或者关联一个传输周期。以下对其进行说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the first WUS may be associated with one MCCH transmission window, or associated with K MCCH transmission windows, or associated with one transmission period. It is explained below.
选项1)在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联一个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的MCCH传输窗口之前。Option 1) In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, and the first WUS is located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
选项2)在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联K个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的K个MCCH传输窗口之前,K为大于1的整数。Option 2) In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
这里,可选地,所述K的取值为网络设备配置的。Here, optionally, the value of K is configured by the network device.
这里,可选地,所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置为网络设备配置的。Here, optionally, the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network device.
这里,可选地,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。Here, optionally, the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the first of the K MCCH transmission windows. The deviation of the starting positions of the MCCH transmission windows is the first deviation.
选项3)在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联一个传输周期,所述第一WUS位于其关联的传输周期之前。Option 3) In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, and the first WUS is located before its associated transmission period.
这里,可选地,所述传输周期的长度为网络设备配置的。Here, optionally, the length of the transmission period is configured by the network device.
这里,可选地,所述传输周期的起始位置基于所述传输周期的长度确定。作为示例,传输周期的长度为T,传输周期的起始位置所在的帧编号满足以下公式:SFN mod T=0。Here, optionally, the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period. As an example, the length of the transmission period is T, and the frame number where the start position of the transmission period is located satisfies the following formula: SFN mod T=0.
这里,可选地,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输周期的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。Here, optionally, the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the deviation of the start position or end position of the WUS duration relative to the start position of the transmission period is first deviation.
上述方案中,所述传输周期包括L个MCCH传输窗口,L为大于1的整数。In the above solution, the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
上述方案中,所述MCCH传输窗口用于传输MCCH DCI。作为示例,所述MCCH传输窗口为MCCH duration对应的时间窗口或者MCCH重复周期对应的时间窗口。In the above scheme, the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI. As an example, the MCCH transmission window is a time window corresponding to the MCCH duration or a time window corresponding to the MCCH repetition period.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述终端设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括第一WUS的配置信息,其中,所述第一WUS的配置信息包括以下至少之一:WUS持续时间的长度、WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置对应的 第一偏差。进一步,可选地,所述第一配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS, where the The configuration information of the first WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration, or the first offset corresponding to the end position. Further, optionally, the first configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
方案2-1Scheme 2-1
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或是否接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or whether to receive the first WUS. MCCH signaling behind WUS.
上述方案中,若所述第一信息的取值为第一值,则所述终端设备确定监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令;若所述第一信息的取值为第二值,则所述终端设备确定不监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或不接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。作为示例,第一值为1,第二值为0;或者,第一值为0,第二值为1。In the above scheme, if the value of the first information is the first value, then the terminal equipment determines to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS; if The value of the first information is the second value, then the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not to receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS. As an example, the first value is 1 and the second value is 0; or, the first value is 0 and the second value is 1.
这里,所述终端设备确定监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令的情况下,所述终端设备在所述第一WUS关联的MCCH传输窗口内或者K个MCCH传输窗口内或者一个传输周期内,监听MCCH DCI和/或接收MCCH信令。所述终端设备确定不监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或不接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令的情况下,所述终端设备在所述第一WUS关联的MCCH传输窗口内或者K个MCCH传输窗口内或者一个传输周期内,不监听MCCH DCI和/或不接收MCCH信令。Here, when the terminal device determines to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receives the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS, the terminal device is in the MCCH transmission window associated with the first WUS Monitor MCCH DCI and/or receive MCCH signaling within K MCCH transmission windows or within one transmission period. When the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS, the terminal device is in the MCCH transmission window associated with the first WUS Within or within K MCCH transmission windows or within one transmission period, the MCCH DCI is not monitored and/or the MCCH signaling is not received.
方案2-2Scheme 2-2
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。进一步,可选地,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。The third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate whether the MBS service corresponding to the bit occurs The MBS configuration has been changed. Further, optionally, the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N The correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
上述方案中,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令。In the above solution, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or reacquire the MCCH Signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then the terminal device determines that it is not necessary to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or reacquire the MCCH signaling.
方案2-3Scheme 2-3
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
这里,需要说明的是,MBS业务组中的全部MBS业务(也可以是部分MBS业务)的MBS配置发生了变更,则认为该MBS业务组的MBS配置发生了变更。Here, it should be noted that if the MBS configuration of all MBS services (or some MBS services) in the MBS service group is changed, it is considered that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group has changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
上述方案中,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业 务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令。In the above solution, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service the terminal device belongs to has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH DCI and /or re-acquire MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service the terminal device belongs to has not undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines not to Need to monitor MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述终端设备接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定至少一个MBS业务与至少一个MBS业务组之间的对应关系;所述终端设备基于所述第二配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组。进一步,可选地,所述第二配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the network device sends second configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine at least one MBS service and at least one MBS Correspondence between service groups: the terminal device determines, based on the second configuration information, the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs. Further, optionally, the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述终端设备接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于确定业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系;所述终端设备基于所述第三配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识;或者,所述终端设备基于所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识,确定所述第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识。In some optional implementation manners, the terminal device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to determine the correspondence between service group identifiers and service identifiers; the terminal device , determining the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs; or, the terminal device determines the first MBS service based on the service identifier of the first MBS service joined by the terminal device The service group ID of the MBS service group to which it belongs.
这里,可选地,所述第三配置信息携带在RRC信令或者NAS信令中。网络设备通过RRC信令或者NAS信令为终端设备配置业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系。这里,业务组标识是指MBS业务组的标识,业务标识是指MBS业务的标识。终端设备根据业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系,以及自身加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识,可以确定出对应的MBS业务组的业务组标识,从而可以根据MBS业务组的业务组标识判断MBS配置是否发生变更。Here, optionally, the third configuration information is carried in RRC signaling or NAS signaling. The network device configures the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier for the terminal device through RRC signaling or NAS signaling. Here, the service group identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service group, and the service identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service. The terminal device can determine the service group identifier of the corresponding MBS service group according to the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier, and the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so that it can Determine whether the MBS configuration has changed.
这里,终端设备也可以根据身加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识计算出业务组标识,从而根据该业务组标识判断MBS配置是否发生变更。作为示例,可以根据以下公式计算业务组标识:业务组标识=业务标识mod S,这里,S为正整数,可选地,S可以为一个业务组内包括的业务的数量。Here, the terminal device may also calculate the service group identifier according to the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so as to judge whether the MBS configuration is changed according to the service group identifier. As an example, the service group identifier can be calculated according to the following formula: service group identifier=service identifier mod S, where S is a positive integer, optionally, S can be the number of services included in a service group.
方案三third solution
所述第一信令为第二WUS,所述第二WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI。The first signaling is the second WUS, and the first indication information carried in the second WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二WUS属于DCI的情况下,所述第二WUS通过WUS RNTI加扰。In some optional implementation manners, when the second WUS belongs to the DCI, the second WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二WUS关联一个传输窗口,所述传输窗口用于传输MCCH变更通知DCI,所述第二WUS位于其关联的传输窗口之前。In some optional implementation manners, the second WUS is associated with a transmission window, the transmission window is used to transmit the MCCH change notification DCI, and the second WUS is located before its associated transmission window.
这里,可选地,所述传输窗口为MCCH修改周期内的一个窗口。Here, optionally, the transmission window is a window within the MCCH modification period.
这里,可选地,所述传输窗口为MCCH传输窗口的情况下,所述MCCH变更通知DCI的搜索空间和MCCH DCI的搜索空间相同。Here, optionally, when the transmission window is an MCCH transmission window, the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
这里,可选地,所述第二WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。Here, optionally, the second WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the deviation of the start position or end position of the WUS duration relative to the start position of the transmission window is first deviation.
上述方案中,所述MCCH传输窗口用于传输MCCH DCI。作为示例,所述MCCH传输窗口为MCCH duration对应的时间窗口或者MCCH重复周期对应的时间窗口。In the above scheme, the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI. As an example, the MCCH transmission window is a time window corresponding to the MCCH duration or a time window corresponding to the MCCH repetition period.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述终端设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括第二WUS的配置信息,其中,所述第二WUS的配置信息包括以下至少之一:WUS持续时间的长度、WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置对应的第一偏差。进一步,可选地,所述第一配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the second WUS, wherein the The configuration information of the second WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration, or the first offset corresponding to the end position. Further, optionally, the first configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
方案3-1Scheme 3-1
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes second information, and a value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
上述方案中,若所述第二信息的取值为第一值,则所述终端设备确定监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI;若所述第二信息的取值为第二值,则所述终端设备确定不监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。作为示例,第一值为1,第二值为0;或者,第一值为0,第二值为1。In the above solution, if the value of the second information is the first value, the terminal device determines to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS; if the value of the second information is the second value , the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS. As an example, the first value is 1 and the second value is 0; or, the first value is 0 and the second value is 1.
这里,所述终端设备确定监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI的情况下,所述终端设备在所述第二WUS关联的传输窗口内,监听MCCH变更通知DCI。所述终端设备确定不监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI的情况下,所述终端设备在所述第二WUS关联的传输窗口内,不监听MCCH变更通知DCI。Here, when the terminal device determines to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS, the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI within the transmission window associated with the second WUS. If the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS, the terminal device does not monitor the MCCH change notification DCI within the transmission window associated with the second WUS.
方案3-2Scheme 3-2
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。进一步,可选地,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。The third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate whether the MBS service corresponding to the bit occurs The MBS configuration has been changed. Further, optionally, the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N The correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
上述方案中,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI;若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI。In the above solution, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI; if the The terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that no MBS configuration change has occurred in the first MBS service that the terminal device joins, then the terminal device determines that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI.
方案3-3Scheme 3-3
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
这里,需要说明的是,MBS业务组中的全部MBS业务(也可以是部分MBS业务)的MBS配置发生了变更,则认为该MBS业务组的MBS配置发生了变更。Here, it should be noted that if the MBS configuration of all MBS services (or some MBS services) in the MBS service group is changed, it is considered that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group has changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
上述方案中,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI。In the above solution, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service to which the terminal device belongs belongs has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI: If the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service the terminal device belongs to has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then the terminal device determines that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI .
在一些可选实施方式中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述终端设备接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定至少一个MBS业务与至少一个MBS业务组之间的对应关系;所述终端设备基于所述第二配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组。进一步,可选地,所述第二配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the network device sends second configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine at least one MBS service and at least one MBS Correspondence between service groups: the terminal device determines, based on the second configuration information, the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs. Further, optionally, the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述终端设备接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于确定业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系;所述终端设备基于所述第三配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识;或者,所述终端设备基于所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识,确定所述第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识。In some optional implementation manners, the terminal device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to determine the correspondence between service group identifiers and service identifiers; the terminal device , determining the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs; or, the terminal device determines the first MBS service based on the service identifier of the first MBS service joined by the terminal device The service group ID of the MBS service group to which it belongs.
这里,可选地,所述第三配置信息携带在RRC信令或者NAS信令中。网络设备通过RRC信令或者NAS信令为终端设备配置业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系。这里,业务组标识是指MBS业务组的标识,业务标识是指MBS业务的标识。终端设备根据业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系,以及自身加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识,可以确定出对应的MBS业务组的业务组标识,从而可以根据MBS业务组的业务组标识判断MBS配置是否发生变更。Here, optionally, the third configuration information is carried in RRC signaling or NAS signaling. The network device configures the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier for the terminal device through RRC signaling or NAS signaling. Here, the service group identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service group, and the service identifier refers to the identifier of the MBS service. The terminal device can determine the service group identifier of the corresponding MBS service group according to the corresponding relationship between the service group identifier and the service identifier, and the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so that it can Determine whether the MBS configuration has changed.
这里,终端设备也可以根据身加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识计算出业务组标识,从而根据该业务组标识判断MBS配置是否发生变更。作为示例,可以根据以下公式计算业务组标识:业务组标识=业务标识mod S,这里,S为正整数,可选地,S可以为一个业务组内包括的业务的 数量。Here, the terminal device may also calculate the service group identifier according to the service identifier of the first MBS service that it joins, so as to judge whether the MBS configuration is changed according to the service group identifier. As an example, the service group identifier can be calculated according to the following formula: service group identifier=service identifier mod S, where S is a positive integer, optionally, S can be the number of services included in a service group.
本申请实施例的技术方案,引入一个标签(可以称为value tag),该标签用于对MCCH变更进行计数。In the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, a tag (may be called a value tag) is introduced, and the tag is used for counting MCCH changes.
具体地,所述网络设备发送第一标签的取值,所述终端设备获取第一标签的取值,所述MCCH信令中的内容每发生一次变更,所述第一标签的取值加1;所述终端设备基于所述第一标签的取值,确定是否需要重新获取MCCH信令。Specifically, the network device sends the value of the first label, the terminal device obtains the value of the first label, and every time the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the first label is increased by 1 ; The terminal device determines whether to reacquire MCCH signaling based on the value of the first label.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述终端设备从SIB或者MCCH DCI中获取所述第一标签的取值。In some optional implementation manners, the terminal device obtains the value of the first label from the SIB or MCCH DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述终端设备在MCCH修改周期内获取所述第一标签的取值。In some optional implementation manners, the terminal device acquires the value of the first label within an MCCH modification period.
上述方案中,所述第一标签的初始值为0,所述第一标签的最大值为H,H为正整数,所述第一标签的取值达到最大值后恢复至所述初始值。In the above solution, the initial value of the first label is 0, the maximum value of the first label is H, and H is a positive integer, and the value of the first label returns to the initial value after reaching the maximum value.
终端设备获取第一标签的取值后,可以通过以下方式确定是否需要重新获取MCCH信令:若所述终端设备存储的第一标签的取值和获取到的第一标签的取值相同,则确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备存储的第一标签的取值和获取到的第一标签的取值不同,则确定需要重新获取MCCH信令。After the terminal device obtains the value of the first label, it can determine whether to re-acquire the MCCH signaling in the following manner: if the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is the same as the obtained value of the first label, then It is determined that MCCH signaling does not need to be reacquired; if the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is different from the value of the first label obtained, it is determined that MCCH signaling needs to be reacquired.
以下结合具体应用实例对本申请实施例的技术方案进行举例说明。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are illustrated below in conjunction with specific application examples.
应用实例一Application example one
本实例中,网络设备通过第一DCI向终端设备指示终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令。In this example, the network device indicates to the terminal device whether to reacquire MCCH signaling to the terminal device through the first DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一DCI通过第一RNTI加扰;所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI;或者,所述第一RNTI为专用于加扰所述第一DCI的RNTI。In some optional implementation manners, the first DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI; the first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or, the first RNTI is dedicated to scrambling the first DCI RNTI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI的情况下,所述第一DCI携带第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一DCI是用于通知MCCH变更还是用于调度MCCH。进一步,若所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一DCI是用于通知MCCH变更,则所述第一DCI中没有MCCH的调度信息。以所述第一DCI为MCCH DCI为例,该MCCH DCI通过第一RNTI加扰,第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI,MCCH DCI中不携带MCCH的调度信息,而携带第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示所述MCCH DCI是用于通知MCCH变更。In some optional implementation manners, when the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI, the first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first DCI is It is used to notify MCCH change or to schedule MCCH. Further, if the second indication information is used to indicate that the first DCI is used to notify MCCH change, then there is no MCCH scheduling information in the first DCI. Taking the first DCI as MCCH DCI as an example, the MCCH DCI is scrambled by the first RNTI, the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI, and the MCCH DCI does not carry the scheduling information of the MCCH, but carries the second indication information, The second indication information is used to indicate that the MCCH DCI is used to notify MCCH change.
方案1-1Scheme 1-1
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。进一步,可选地,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate the Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred for the MBS service corresponding to the bit. Further, optionally, the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
作为示例,比特位的取值为1(或者0)用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,比特位的取值为0(或者1)用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务未发生了MBS配置的变更。As an example, the value of a bit is 1 (or 0) to indicate that the MBS service corresponding to the bit has undergone an MBS configuration change, and the value of the bit to 0 (or 1) is used to indicate that the MBS service corresponding to the bit has changed. The MBS configuration has not been changed for the MBS service.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N The correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
作为示例,N个MBS业务为小区正在广播的N个MBS业务。As an example, the N MBS services are the N MBS services being broadcast by the cell.
上述方案中,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令。In the above solution, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it is necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling; if the The terminal device determines, based on the first bitmap, that the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has not undergone an MBS configuration change, and then the terminal device determines that it is not necessary to reacquire MCCH signaling.
这里,终端设备加入的第一MBS业务,可以理解为,终端设备正在接收的MBS业务或者终端设备即将接收的MBS业务或者终端设备感兴趣的MBS业务。Here, the first MBS service that the terminal device joins may be understood as the MBS service that the terminal device is receiving or the MBS service that the terminal device is about to receive or the MBS service that the terminal device is interested in.
方案1-2Scheme 1-2
一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之 一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: MBS services whose MBS configuration has changed, and MBS services whose MBS configuration has not changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
上述方案中,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要重新获取MCCH信令,并基于所述MCCH信令获取所述第一MBS业务的更新的MBS配置;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令。In the above solution, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs belongs to has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it is necessary to reacquire the MCCH information. and obtain the updated MBS configuration of the first MBS service based on the MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device joins belongs to based on the second bitmap If there is no change of MBS configuration, the terminal device determines that it does not need to reacquire MCCH signaling.
这里,终端设备加入的第一MBS业务,可以理解为,终端设备正在接收的MBS业务或者终端设备即将接收的MBS业务或者终端设备感兴趣的MBS业务。Here, the first MBS service that the terminal device joins may be understood as the MBS service that the terminal device is receiving or the MBS service that the terminal device is about to receive or the MBS service that the terminal device is interested in.
应用实例二Application example two
本实例中,网络设备通过第一WUS(称为MCCH WUS)向终端设备指示终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令。In this example, the network device indicates to the terminal device whether to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling to the terminal device through the first WUS (called MCCH WUS).
这里,所述第一WUS属于DCI的情况下,所述第一WUS通过WUS RNTI加扰。Here, when the first WUS belongs to the DCI, the first WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
本实例中,所述第一WUS可以关联一个MCCH传输窗口,或者关联K个MCCH传输窗口,或者关联一个传输周期。以下对其进行说明。In this example, the first WUS may be associated with one MCCH transmission window, or associated with K MCCH transmission windows, or associated with one transmission period. It is explained below.
选项1)在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联一个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的MCCH传输窗口之前。Option 1) In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, and the first WUS is located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
这里,每个MCCH传输窗口之前都存在一个第一WUS。Here, there is a first WUS before each MCCH transmission window.
选项2)在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联K个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的K个MCCH传输窗口之前,K为大于1的整数。Option 2) In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
这里,可选地,所述K的取值为网络设备配置的。Here, optionally, the value of K is configured by the network device.
这里,可选地,所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置为网络设备配置的。Here, optionally, the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network device.
这里,可选地,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。Here, optionally, the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the first of the K MCCH transmission windows. The deviation of the starting positions of the MCCH transmission windows is the first deviation.
这里,每K个MCCH传输窗口之前存在一个第一WUS,也就是K个MCCH传输窗口共享同一个第一WUS。其中,K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口之前存在一个第一WUS,如图6所示,第一偏差(称为WUS偏差(WUS offset))是指WUS持续时间(WUS duration)的结束位置相对于第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置的偏差。Here, there is a first WUS before every K MCCH transmission windows, that is, the K MCCH transmission windows share the same first WUS. Wherein, there is a first WUS before the first MCCH transmission window in the K MCCH transmission windows, as shown in Figure 6, the first deviation (called WUS deviation (WUS offset)) refers to the WUS duration (WUS duration) The offset of the end position of the relative to the start position of the first MCCH transmission window.
这里,可选地,网络设备配置K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置所在的帧编号,然后终端设备通过K的取值可以确定这K个MCCH传输窗口的位置。Here, optionally, the network device configures the frame number of the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows, and then the terminal device can determine the position of the K MCCH transmission windows through the value of K.
选项3)在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联一个传输周期,所述第一WUS位于其关联的传输周期之前。Option 3) In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, and the first WUS is located before its associated transmission period.
这里,可选地,所述传输周期的长度为网络设备配置的。Here, optionally, the length of the transmission period is configured by the network device.
这里,可选地,所述传输周期的起始位置基于所述传输周期的长度确定。作为示例,传输周期的长度为T,传输周期的起始位置所在的帧编号满足以下公式:SFN mod T=0。Here, optionally, the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period. As an example, the length of the transmission period is T, and the frame number where the start position of the transmission period is located satisfies the following formula: SFN mod T=0.
这里,可选地,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输周期的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。Here, optionally, the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the deviation of the start position or end position of the WUS duration relative to the start position of the transmission period is first deviation.
上述方案中,所述传输周期包括L个MCCH传输窗口,L为大于1的整数。In the above solution, the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
上述方案中,所述MCCH传输窗口用于传输MCCH DCI。In the above scheme, the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述终端设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括第一WUS的配置信息,其中,所述第一WUS的配置信息包括以下至少之一:WUS持续时间的长度、WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置对应的第一偏差。进一步,可选地,所述第一配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS, where the The configuration information of the first WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration, or the first offset corresponding to the end position. Further, optionally, the first configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
这里,每个传输周期之前存在一个第一WUS,也就是一个传输周期中的所有MCCH传输窗口共享同一个第一WUS。其中,传输周期的起始位置之前存在一个第一WUS,第一偏差(称为WUS偏差(WUS offset))是指WUS持续时间(WUS duration)的结束位置相对于传输周期的起始位置的偏差。这里,网络设备配置一个传输周期的长度为T,那么,传输周期的起始位置所在的帧编号可以通过以下公式确定:SFN mod T=0。Here, there is a first WUS before each transmission period, that is, all MCCH transmission windows in a transmission period share the same first WUS. Wherein, there is a first WUS before the start position of the transmission period, and the first deviation (called WUS offset (WUS offset)) refers to the deviation of the end position of the WUS duration (WUS duration) relative to the start position of the transmission period . Here, the network device configures the length of a transmission cycle as T, then, the frame number where the start position of the transmission cycle is located can be determined by the following formula: SFN mod T=0.
本实例中,网络设备可以通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置第一WUS(即MCCH WUS)的配置信息,其中,所述第一WUS的配置信息包括以下至少之一:WUS持续时间的长度、WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置对应的第一偏差。In this example, the network device can configure the configuration information of the first WUS (ie MCCH WUS) through SIB or MCCH signaling, wherein the configuration information of the first WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the WUS duration The first offset corresponding to the start position or end position of the time.
这里,WUS持续时间的长度的单位可以是符号,时隙,子帧,无线帧等。Here, the unit of the length of the WUS duration may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, and the like.
这里,第一偏差的单位可以是符号,时隙,子帧,无线帧等。Here, the unit of the first offset may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, and the like.
本实例中,第一WUS携带第一指示信息,以下对第一指示信息的实现方式进行说明。In this example, the first WUS carries the first indication information, and the implementation manner of the first indication information will be described below.
方案2-1Scheme 2-1
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或是否接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or whether to receive the first WUS. MCCH signaling behind WUS.
作为示例,第一信息的为1比特信息,1比特信息的取值为1(或者0)用于指示监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。1比特信息的取值为0(或者1)用于指示不监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或不接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。As an example, the first information is 1-bit information, and the value of 1-bit information is 1 (or 0) for indicating to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receive the MCCH signal behind the first WUS make. The value of the 1-bit information is 0 (or 1) for indicating not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not to receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS.
方案2-2Scheme 2-2
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。进一步,可选地,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。The third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate whether the MBS service corresponding to the bit occurs The MBS configuration has been changed. Further, optionally, the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N The correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
方案2-3Scheme 2-3
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
这里,需要说明的是,MBS业务组中的全部MBS业务(也可以是部分MBS业务)的MBS配置发生了变更,则认为该MBS业务组的MBS配置发生了变更。Here, it should be noted that if the MBS configuration of all MBS services (or some MBS services) in the MBS service group is changed, it is considered that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group has changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
上述方案中,终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听第一WUS,如果第一WUS中的第一指示信息指示终端设备不监听MCCH DCI和/或不重新获取MCCH信令,则终端设备不监听第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或不获取第一WUS后面的MCCH信令,否则,终端设备监听第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或获取第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。In the above scheme, the terminal device monitors the first WUS within the duration of the WUS, if the first indication information in the first WUS indicates that the terminal device does not monitor the MCCH DCI and/or does not reacquire MCCH signaling, then the terminal device does not monitor the first WUS. The MCCH DCI behind the WUS and/or do not acquire the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS, otherwise, the terminal device monitors the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or acquires the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS.
应用实例三Application Example 3
本实例中,网络设备通过第二WUS(称为MCCH WUS)向终端设备指示终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI。In this example, the network device indicates to the terminal device whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI to the terminal device through the second WUS (called MCCH WUS).
这里,所述第二WUS属于DCI的情况下,所述第二WUS通过WUS RNTI加扰。Here, when the second WUS belongs to the DCI, the second WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
本实例中,所述第二WUS可以关联一个传输窗口,所述传输窗口用于传输MCCH变更通知DCI,所述第二WUS位于其关联的传输窗口之前。In this example, the second WUS may be associated with a transmission window, the transmission window is used to transmit the MCCH change notification DCI, and the second WUS is located before its associated transmission window.
这里,可选地,所述传输窗口为MCCH修改周期内的一个窗口。即在MCCH修改周期内定义一个传输窗口,该传输窗口用于传输MCCH变更通知DCI。Here, optionally, the transmission window is a window within the MCCH modification period. That is, a transmission window is defined in the MCCH modification period, and the transmission window is used for transmitting MCCH change notification DCI.
这里,可选地,所述传输窗口为MCCH传输窗口的情况下,所述MCCH变更通知DCI的搜索空间和MCCH DCI的搜索空间相同。Here, optionally, when the transmission window is an MCCH transmission window, the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
本实例中,网络设备可以通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置第二WUS(即MCCH变更通知WUS)的配置信息,其中,所述第二WUS的配置信息包括以下至少之一:WUS持续时间的长度、WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置对应的第一偏差。In this example, the network device can configure the configuration information of the second WUS (that is, the MCCH change notification WUS) through SIB or MCCH signaling, wherein the configuration information of the second WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, The first deviation corresponding to the start position or end position of the WUS duration.
这里,WUS持续时间的长度的单位可以是符号,时隙,子帧,无线帧等。Here, the unit of the length of the WUS duration may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, and the like.
这里,第一偏差的单位可以是符号,时隙,子帧,无线帧等。Here, the unit of the first offset may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a radio frame, and the like.
本实例中,第二WUS携带第一指示信息,以下对第一指示信息的实现方式进行说明。In this example, the second WUS carries the first indication information, and the implementation manner of the first indication information will be described below.
方案3-1Scheme 3-1
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes second information, and a value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
作为示例,第二信息的为1比特信息,1比特信息的取值为1(或者0)用于指示监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。1比特信息的取值为0(或者1)用于指示不监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。As an example, the second information is 1-bit information, and the value of the 1-bit information is 1 (or 0) to indicate to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS. The value of 1-bit information is 0 (or 1) to indicate not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
方案3-2Scheme 3-2
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。进一步,可选地,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。The third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate whether the MBS service corresponding to the bit occurs The MBS configuration has been changed. Further, optionally, the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identification of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N The correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
方案3-3Scheme 3-3
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
这里,需要说明的是,MBS业务组中的全部MBS业务(也可以是部分MBS业务)的MBS配置发生了变更,则认为该MBS业务组的MBS配置发生了变更。Here, it should be noted that if the MBS configuration of all MBS services (or some MBS services) in the MBS service group is changed, it is considered that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group has changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS 组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The corresponding relationship between the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
上述方案中,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI。In the above solution, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service to which the terminal device belongs belongs has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI: If the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service the terminal device belongs to has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then the terminal device determines that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI .
上述方案中,终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听第二WUS,如果第二WUS中的第一指示信息指示终端设备不监听MCCH变更通知DCI。,则终端设备不监听MCCH变更通知DCI。否则,终端设备监听MCCH变更通知DCI。In the above solution, the terminal device monitors the second WUS within the duration of the WUS, if the first indication information in the second WUS indicates that the terminal device does not monitor the MCCH change notification DCI. , the terminal device does not monitor the MCCH change notification DCI. Otherwise, the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI.
应用实例四Application Example 4
本实例中,网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH DCI向终端设备发送一个标签(即上述方案中的第一标签)的值(即value tag),该标签的值为整数值。可以将该标签称为MCCH值标签(MCCH value tag),该标签的初始值为0,最大值为H,每当MCCH信令中的内容发生一次变更,则该标签的值就自增1。如果该标签的值达到最大值,则该标签的值从0开始。终端设备在MCCH修改周期内没有收到MCCH变更通知DCI,或者终端设备从覆盖漏洞中恢复并接收到了MCCH信令的场景下,终端设备在每个MCCH修改周期都自主获取标签的值,将获取到的标签的值和已存储的标签的值进行对比,如果相同,则认为存储的MBS配置是有效的,否则重新获取MCCH信令。In this example, the network device sends the value (ie, value tag) of a tag (ie, the first tag in the above scheme) to the terminal device through the SIB or MCCH DCI, and the value of the tag is an integer value. The tag can be called an MCCH value tag (MCCH value tag), the initial value of the tag is 0, and the maximum value is H. Whenever the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the tag is incremented by 1. If the value of the label reaches the maximum value, the value of the label starts from 0. In the scenario where the terminal device does not receive the MCCH change notification DCI within the MCCH modification period, or the terminal device recovers from the coverage hole and receives the MCCH signaling, the terminal device independently obtains the tag value in each MCCH modification period, and will obtain The value of the received label is compared with the value of the stored label. If they are the same, the stored MBS configuration is considered to be valid, otherwise, the MCCH signaling is reacquired.
本申请实施例的技术方案,通过DCI或者WUS指示终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI和/或是否监听MCCH DCI和/或是否重新获取MCCH信令,可以达到终端设备省电的目的。In the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, DCI or WUS indicates whether the terminal equipment monitors the MCCH change notification DCI and/or whether monitors the MCCH DCI and/or whether to reacquire MCCH signaling, so as to achieve the purpose of power saving of the terminal equipment.
以上结合附图详细描述了本申请的优选实施方式,但是,本申请并不限于上述实施方式中的具体细节,在本申请的技术构思范围内,可以对本申请的技术方案进行多种简单变型,这些简单变型均属于本申请的保护范围。例如,在上述具体实施方式中所描述的各个具体技术特征,在不矛盾的情况下,可以通过任何合适的方式进行组合,为了避免不必要的重复,本申请对各种可能的组合方式不再另行说明。又例如,本申请的各种不同的实施方式之间也可以进行任意组合,只要其不违背本申请的思想,其同样应当视为本申请所公开的内容。又例如,在不冲突的前提下,本申请描述的各个实施例和/或各个实施例中的技术特征可以和现有技术任意的相互组合,组合之后得到的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围。The preferred embodiments of the present application have been described in detail above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the specific details in the above embodiments. Within the scope of the technical concept of the present application, various simple modifications can be made to the technical solutions of the present application. These simple modifications all belong to the protection scope of the present application. For example, the various specific technical features described in the above specific implementation manners can be combined in any suitable manner if there is no contradiction. Separately. As another example, any combination of various implementations of the present application can also be made, as long as they do not violate the idea of the present application, they should also be regarded as the content disclosed in the present application. For another example, on the premise of no conflict, the various embodiments described in this application and/or the technical features in each embodiment can be combined with the prior art arbitrarily, and the technical solutions obtained after the combination should also fall within the scope of this application. protected range.
还应理解,在本申请的各种方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外,在本申请实施例中,术语“下行”、“上行”和“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向,其中,“下行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从站点发送至小区的用户设备的第一方向,“上行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从小区的用户设备发送至站点的第二方向,“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从用户设备1发送至用户设备2的第三方向。例如,“下行信号”表示该信号的传输方向为第一方向。另外,本申请实施例中,术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系。具体地,A和/或B可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should also be understood that in the various method embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in this application. The implementation of the examples constitutes no limitation. In addition, in this embodiment of the application, the terms "downlink", "uplink" and "sidelink" are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, wherein "downlink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of signals or data is sent from the station The first direction to the user equipment in the cell, "uplink" is used to indicate that the signal or data transmission direction is the second direction sent from the user equipment in the cell to the station, and "side line" is used to indicate that the signal or data transmission direction is A third direction sent from UE1 to UE2. For example, "downlink signal" indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the term "and/or" is only an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships. Specifically, A and/or B may mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
图7是本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的装置的结构组成示意图一,应用于终端设备,如图7所示,所述通知信息变更的装置包括:Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of the structural composition of the device for notifying information change provided by the embodiment of the present application. It is applied to a terminal device. As shown in Fig. 7, the device for notifying information change includes:
接收单元701,用于接收第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:The receiving unit 701 is configured to receive first signaling, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI;
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一信令为第一DCI,所述第一DCI中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the first signaling is a first DCI, and the first indication information carried in the first DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一DCI通过第一无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰;In some optional implementation manners, the first DCI is scrambled by using the first wireless network temporary identifier RNTI;
所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI;或者,The first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or,
所述第一RNTI为专用于加扰所述第一DCI的RNTI。The first RNTI is an RNTI dedicated to scrambling the first DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI的情况下,In some optional implementation manners, when the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI,
所述第一DCI携带第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一DCI是用于通知MCCH变更还是用于调度MCCH。The first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first DCI is used for notifying MCCH change or for scheduling MCCH.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一信令为第一唤醒信号WUS,所述第一WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the first signaling is a first wake-up signal WUS, and the first indication information carried in the first WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH DCI and/or restarts Obtain MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联一个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的MCCH传输窗口之前。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, and the first WUS is located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联K个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的K个MCCH传输窗口之前,K为大于1的整数。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述K的取值为网络设备配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the value of K is configured by the network device.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置为网络设备配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network device.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the K MCCH transmission window The deviation of the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window is the first deviation.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联一个传输周期,所述第一WUS位于其关联的传输周期之前。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, and the first WUS is located before its associated transmission period.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输周期的长度为网络设备配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the length of the transmission period is configured by the network device.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输周期的起始位置基于所述传输周期的长度确定。In some optional implementation manners, the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输周期的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the start position of the transmission period. The deviation is the first deviation.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输周期包括L个MCCH传输窗口,L为大于1的整数。In some optional implementation manners, the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一信令为第二WUS,所述第二WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI。In some optional implementation manners, the first signaling is the second WUS, and the first indication information carried in the second WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二WUS关联一个传输窗口,所述传输窗口用于传输MCCH变更通知DCI,所述第二WUS位于其关联的传输窗口之前。In some optional implementation manners, the second WUS is associated with a transmission window, the transmission window is used to transmit the MCCH change notification DCI, and the second WUS is located before its associated transmission window.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输窗口为MCCH修改周期内的一个窗口。In some optional implementation manners, the transmission window is a window within the MCCH modification period.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输窗口为MCCH传输窗口的情况下,所述MCCH变更通知DCI的搜索空间和MCCH DCI的搜索空间相同。In some optional implementation manners, when the transmission window is an MCCH transmission window, the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。In some optional implementation manners, the second WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the start position of the transmission window. The deviation is the first deviation.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述MCCH传输窗口用于传输MCCH DCI。In some optional implementation manners, the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述接收单元701,还用于接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括第一WUS或者第二WUS的配置信息,其中,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS的配置信息包括以下至少之一:WUS持续时间的长度、WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置对应的第一偏差。In some optional implementation manners, the receiving unit 701 is further configured to receive first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS, wherein the first WUS or the second WUS The configuration information of the WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration, or the first offset corresponding to the end position.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一配置信息携带在系统信息块SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the first configuration information is carried in a system information block (SIB) or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS属于DCI的情况下,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS通过WUS RNTI加扰。In some optional implementation manners, when the first WUS or the second WUS belongs to the DCI, the first WUS or the second WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或是否接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or whether to receive the first WUS. MCCH signaling behind WUS.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述装置还包括:确定单元702,用于若所述第一信息的取值为第一值,则确定监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令;若所述第一信息的取值为第二值,则确定不监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或不接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the device further includes: a determining unit 702, configured to determine to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receive the first WUS if the value of the first information is a first value MCCH signaling behind the first WUS; if the value of the first information is the second value, then determine not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not receive the MCCH behind the first WUS MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes second information, and a value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述装置还包括:确定单元702,用于若所述第二信息的取值为第一值,则确定监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI;若所述第二信息的取值为第二值,则确定不监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。In some optional implementation manners, the apparatus further includes: a determining unit 702, configured to determine to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS if the value of the second information is the first value; if If the value of the second information is the second value, it is determined not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之 一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate the Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred for the MBS service corresponding to the bit.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。In some optional implementation manners, the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identifier of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bit map correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer; the N bits in the first bit map are the same as the N The correspondence between the identification information of the MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is that the network equipment passes the SIB Or configured by MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or, the The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述装置还包括:确定单元702,用于:In some optional implementation manners, the device further includes: a determining unit 702, configured to:
所述第一信令为第一DCI的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则确定需要重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令;When the first signaling is the first DCI, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then it is determined that the MCCH needs to be reacquired Signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that it is not necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling;
所述第一信令为第一WUS的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则确定需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则确定不需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;In the case where the first signaling is the first WUS, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that the MCCH DCI needs to be monitored and/or re-acquire MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that it is not necessary to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or re-acquire Obtain MCCH signaling;
所述第一信令为第二WUS的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则确定需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI;若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则确定不需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI。In the case where the first signaling is the second WUS, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then it is determined that the MCCH change needs to be monitored Notifying the DCI; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that there is no need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer; the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the The correspondence between the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or, the correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups The relationship is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or, The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述装置还包括:确定单元702,用于:In some optional implementation manners, the device further includes: a determining unit 702, configured to:
所述第一信令为第一DCI的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则确定需要重新获取MCCH信令,并基于所述MCCH信令获取所述第一MBS业务的更新的MBS配置;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令;When the first signaling is the first DCI, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service to which the terminal device belongs belongs has changed, then Determining that MCCH signaling needs to be acquired again, and acquiring an updated MBS configuration of the first MBS service based on the MCCH signaling; If the MBS service group to which the service belongs has not changed the MBS configuration, it is determined that there is no need to re-obtain MCCH signaling;
所述第一信令为第一WUS的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则确定需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则确定不需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;When the first signaling is the first WUS, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs to has undergone a change, then Determining that it is necessary to monitor the MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs to has not changed the MBS configuration, then Determine that there is no need to monitor MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling;
所述第一信令为第二WUS的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则确定需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则确定不需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI。When the first signaling is the second WUS, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs to has undergone a change, then Determine that it is necessary to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI; if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service to which the terminal device belongs belongs has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then it is determined that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change Notify the DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述接收单元701,还用于接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定至少一个MBS业务与至少一个MBS业务组之间的对应关系;In some optional implementation manners, the receiving unit 701 is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine a correspondence between at least one MBS service and at least one MBS service group;
所述装置还包括:确定单元701,用于基于所述第二配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组。The apparatus further includes: a determining unit 701, configured to determine, based on the second configuration information, the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述接收单元701,还用于接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于确定业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系;In some optional implementation manners, the receiving unit 701 is further configured to receive third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to determine the correspondence between the service group identifier and the service identifier;
所述装置还包括:确定单元701,用于基于所述第三配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识;或者,基于所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识,确定所述第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识。The apparatus further includes: a determining unit 701, configured to determine, based on the third configuration information, the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service joined by the terminal device belongs; or, based on the The service identifier of the first MBS service determines the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service belongs.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述接收单元701,还用于获取第一标签的取值,所述MCCH信令中的内容每发生一次变更,所述第一标签的取值加1;In some optional implementation manners, the receiving unit 701 is further configured to obtain the value of the first label, and each time the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the first label is increased by 1;
所述装置还包括:确定单元701,用于基于所述第一标签的取值,确定是否需要重新获取MCCH信令。The apparatus further includes: a determining unit 701, configured to determine whether to reacquire MCCH signaling based on the value of the first label.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述接收单元701,用于从SIB或者MCCH DCI中获取所述第一标签的取值。In some optional implementation manners, the receiving unit 701 is configured to obtain the value of the first label from the SIB or MCCH DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述接收单元701,用于在MCCH修改周期内获取所述第一标签的取值。In some optional implementation manners, the receiving unit 701 is configured to obtain the value of the first label in an MCCH modification period.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一标签的初始值为0,所述第一标签的最大值为H,H为正整数,所述第一标签的取值达到最大值后恢复至所述初始值。In some optional implementation manners, the initial value of the first label is 0, the maximum value of the first label is H, and H is a positive integer, and the value of the first label returns to the specified value after reaching the maximum value. the above initial value.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述确定单元701,用于若所述终端设备存储的第一标签的取值和获取到的第一标签的取值相同,则确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备存储的第一标签的取值和获取到的第一标签的取值不同,则确定需要重新获取MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the determining unit 701 is configured to determine that it is not necessary to reacquire MCCH signaling if the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is the same as the value of the first label obtained. ; If the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is different from the obtained value of the first label, it is determined that the MCCH signaling needs to be acquired again.
本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述通知信息变更的装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的通知信息变更的方法的相关描述进行理解。Those skilled in the art should understand that the relevant description of the above-mentioned apparatus for notifying information change in the embodiment of the present application can be understood with reference to the relevant description of the method for notifying information change in the embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的通知信息变更的装置的结构组成示意图二,应用于网络设备,如图8所示,所述通知信息变更的装置包括:Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the second structural composition of the device for notifying information change provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is applied to network equipment. As shown in Fig. 8, the device for notifying information change includes:
发送单元801,用于向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:A sending unit 801, configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI;
所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一信令为第一DCI,所述第一DCI中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the first signaling is a first DCI, and the first indication information carried in the first DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一DCI通过第一RNTI加扰;In some optional implementation manners, the first DCI is scrambled by a first RNTI;
所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI;或者,The first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or,
所述第一RNTI为专用于加扰所述第一DCI的RNTI。The first RNTI is an RNTI dedicated to scrambling the first DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI的情况下,In some optional implementation manners, when the first RNTI is the RNTI of the scrambled MCCH DCI,
所述第一DCI携带第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一DCI是用于通知MCCH变更还是用于调度MCCH。The first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first DCI is used for notifying MCCH change or for scheduling MCCH.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一信令为第一WUS,所述第一WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the first signaling is the first WUS, and the first indication information carried in the first WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH DCI and/or reacquires the MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联一个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的MCCH传输窗口之前。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, and the first WUS is located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联K个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的K个MCCH传输窗口之前,K为大于1的整数。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述K的取值为网络设备配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the value of K is configured by the network device.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置为网络设备配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network device.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the K MCCH transmission window The deviation of the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window is the first deviation.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS关联一个传输周期,所述第一WUS位于其关联的传输周期之前。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, and the first WUS is located before its associated transmission period.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输周期的长度为网络设备配置的。In some optional implementation manners, the length of the transmission period is configured by the network device.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输周期的起始位置基于所述传输周期的长度确定。In some optional implementation manners, the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输周期的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。In some optional implementation manners, the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the start position of the transmission period. The deviation is the first deviation.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输周期包括L个MCCH传输窗口,L为大于1的整数。In some optional implementation manners, the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一信令为第二WUS,所述第二WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI。In some optional implementation manners, the first signaling is the second WUS, and the first indication information carried in the second WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二WUS关联一个传输窗口,所述传输窗口用于传输MCCH变更通知DCI,所述第二WUS位于其关联的传输窗口之前。In some optional implementation manners, the second WUS is associated with a transmission window, the transmission window is used to transmit the MCCH change notification DCI, and the second WUS is located before its associated transmission window.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输窗口为MCCH修改周期内的一个窗口。In some optional implementation manners, the transmission window is a window within the MCCH modification period.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述传输窗口为MCCH传输窗口的情况下,所述MCCH变更通知DCI的搜索空间和MCCH DCI的搜索空间相同。In some optional implementation manners, when the transmission window is an MCCH transmission window, the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。In some optional implementation manners, the second WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to the start position of the transmission window. The deviation is the first deviation.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述MCCH传输窗口用于传输MCCH DCI。In some optional implementation manners, the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述发送单元801,还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括第一WUS或者第二WUS的配置信息,其中,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS的配置信息包括以下至少之一:WUS持续时间的长度、WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置对应的第一偏差。In some optional implementation manners, the sending unit 801 is further configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS, wherein the The configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS includes at least one of the following: the length of the WUS duration, the start position of the WUS duration or the first offset corresponding to the end position.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the first configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS属于DCI的情况下,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS通过WUS RNTI加扰。In some optional implementation manners, when the first WUS or the second WUS belongs to the DCI, the first WUS or the second WUS is scrambled through the WUS RNTI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或是否接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or whether to receive the first WUS. MCCH signaling behind WUS.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes second information, and a value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。In some optional implementation manners, the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: an MBS service whose MBS configuration has been changed, and an MBS service whose MBS configuration has not been changed.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to the identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used to indicate the Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred for the MBS service corresponding to the bit.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。In some optional implementation manners, the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: an MBS session identifier of the MBS service, a TMGI of the MBS service, and an MBS index of the MBS service.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer;
所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,The corresponding relationship between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or,
所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。The corresponding relationship between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,In some optional implementation manners, the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or,
所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。In some optional implementation manners, the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the value of the bit is used for Indicates whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer;
所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,The correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or,
所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。The correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,In some optional implementation manners, the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or,
所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述发送单元801,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定至少一个MBS业务与至少一个MBS业务组之间的对应关系。In some optional implementation manners, the sending unit 801 is further configured to send second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to determine the relationship between at least one MBS service and at least one MBS service group Correspondence.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第二配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。In some optional implementation manners, the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述发送单元801,还用于发送第一标签的取值,所述MCCH信令中的内容每发生一次变更,所述第一标签的取值加1。In some optional implementation manners, the sending unit 801 is further configured to send the value of the first label, and each time the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the first label is increased by 1.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一标签的取值携带在SIB或者MCCH DCI中。In some optional implementation manners, the value of the first label is carried in the SIB or MCCH DCI.
在一些可选实施方式中,所述第一标签的初始值为0,所述第一标签的最大值为H,H为正整数,所述第一标签的取值达到最大值后恢复至所述初始值。In some optional implementation manners, the initial value of the first label is 0, the maximum value of the first label is H, and H is a positive integer, and the value of the first label returns to the specified value after reaching the maximum value. the above initial value.
本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述通知信息变更的装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的通知信息变更的方法的相关描述进行理解。Those skilled in the art should understand that the relevant description of the above-mentioned apparatus for notifying information change in the embodiment of the present application can be understood with reference to the relevant description of the method for notifying information change in the embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备900示意性结构图。该通信设备可以终端设备,也可以是网络设备。图9所示的通信设备900包括处理器910,处理器910可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be a terminal device or a network device. The communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 includes a processor 910, and the processor 910 can invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图9所示,通信设备900还可以包括存储器920。其中,处理器910可以从存储器920中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 9 , the communication device 900 may further include a memory 920 . Wherein, the processor 910 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 920, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器920可以是独立于处理器910的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器910中。Wherein, the memory 920 may be an independent device independent of the processor 910 , or may be integrated in the processor 910 .
可选地,如图9所示,通信设备900还可以包括收发器930,处理器910可以控制该收发器930与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 9, the communication device 900 may further include a transceiver 930, and the processor 910 may control the transceiver 930 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or receive other Information or data sent by the device.
其中,收发器930可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器930还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。Wherein, the transceiver 930 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 930 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
可选地,该通信设备900具体可为本申请实施例的网络设备,并且该通信设备900可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 900 may specifically be the network device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 900 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here. .
可选地,该通信设备900具体可为本申请实施例的移动终端/终端设备,并且该通信设备900可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 900 may specifically be the mobile terminal/terminal device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 900 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, for the sake of brevity , which will not be repeated here.
图10是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。图10所示的芯片1000包括处理器1010,处理器1010可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application. The chip 1000 shown in FIG. 10 includes a processor 1010, and the processor 1010 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图10所示,芯片1000还可以包括存储器1020。其中,处理器1010可以从存储器1020中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 10 , the chip 1000 may further include a memory 1020 . Wherein, the processor 1010 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 1020, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器1020可以是独立于处理器1010的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器1010中。Wherein, the memory 1020 may be an independent device independent of the processor 1010 , or may be integrated in the processor 1010 .
可选地,该芯片1000还可以包括输入接口1030。其中,处理器1010可以控制该输入接口1030与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 1000 may also include an input interface 1030 . Wherein, the processor 1010 can control the input interface 1030 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片1000还可以包括输出接口1040。其中,处理器1010可以控制该输出接口1040与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 1000 may also include an output interface 1040 . Wherein, the processor 1010 can control the output interface 1040 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, here No longer.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统1100的示意性框图。如图11所示,该通信系统1100 包括终端设备1110和网络设备1120。Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the communication system 1100 includes a terminal device 1110 and a network device 1120 .
其中,该终端设备1110可以用于实现上述方法中由终端设备实现的相应的功能,以及该网络设备1120可以用于实现上述方法中由网络设备实现的相应的功能为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the terminal device 1110 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the terminal device in the above method, and the network device 1120 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the network device in the above method. .
应理解,本申请实施例的处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. Various methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash. The volatile memory can be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as Static Random Access Memory (Static RAM, SRAM), Dynamic Random Access Memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM ) and Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above-mentioned memory is illustrative but not restrictive. For example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
可选的,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application. For brevity, here No longer.
可选地,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application , for the sake of brevity, it is not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
可选的,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product may be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the Let me repeat.
可选地,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application, For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
可选的,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, the computer executes the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity , which will not be repeated here.
可选地,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiment of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, the computer executes each method in the embodiment of the present application to be implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process will not be repeated here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤, 能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,)ROM、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc., which can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (97)

  1. 一种通知信息变更的方法,所述方法包括:A method of notifying information changes, the method comprising:
    终端设备接收第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:The terminal device receives first signaling, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述终端设备是否监听多播控制信道MCCH变更通知下行控制信息DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the multicast control channel MCCH change notification downlink control information DCI;
    所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
    所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
    其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个多媒体广播服务MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more multimedia broadcast service MBS configurations.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令为第一DCI,所述第一DCI中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first signaling is a first DCI, and the first indication information carried in the first DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述第一DCI通过第一无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰;The method according to claim 2, wherein the first DCI is scrambled by a first wireless network temporary identifier (RNTI);
    所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI;或者,The first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or,
    所述第一RNTI为专用于加扰所述第一DCI的RNTI。The first RNTI is an RNTI dedicated to scrambling the first DCI.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI的情况下,The method according to claim 3, wherein, when the first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI,
    所述第一DCI携带第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一DCI是用于通知MCCH变更还是用于调度MCCH。The first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first DCI is used for notifying MCCH change or for scheduling MCCH.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令为第一唤醒信号WUS,所述第一WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first signaling is a first wake-up signal WUS, and the first indication information carried in the first WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI and /or reacquire MCCH signaling.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS关联一个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的MCCH传输窗口之前。The method of claim 5, wherein the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, and the first WUS is located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS关联K个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的K个MCCH传输窗口之前,K为大于1的整数。The method according to claim 5, wherein the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述K的取值为网络设备配置的。The method according to claim 7, wherein the value of K is configured by a network device.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其中,所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置为网络设备配置的。The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network equipment.
  10. 根据权利要求7至9中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to The deviation of the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is the first deviation.
  11. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS关联一个传输周期,所述第一WUS位于其关联的传输周期之前。The method of claim 5, wherein the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, the first WUS being located before its associated transmission period.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述传输周期的长度为网络设备配置的。The method according to claim 11, wherein the length of the transmission period is configured by a network device.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其中,所述传输周期的起始位置基于所述传输周期的长度确定。The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period.
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输周期的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to The deviation of the starting position of the transmission cycle is a first deviation.
  15. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述传输周期包括L个MCCH传输窗口,L为大于1的整数。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令为第二WUS,所述第二WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first signaling is a second WUS, and the first indication information carried in the second WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors MCCH change notification DCI.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其中,所述第二WUS关联一个传输窗口,所述传输窗口用于传输MCCH变更通知DCI,所述第二WUS位于其关联的传输窗口之前。The method according to claim 16, wherein the second WUS is associated with a transmission window for transmitting MCCH change notification DCI, and the second WUS is located before its associated transmission window.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述传输窗口为MCCH修改周期内的一个窗口。The method according to claim 17, wherein the transmission window is a window within an MCCH modification period.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其中,所述传输窗口为MCCH传输窗口的情况下, 所述MCCH变更通知DCI的搜索空间和MCCH DCI的搜索空间相同。The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein, when the transmission window is an MCCH transmission window, the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
  20. 根据权利要求17至19中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。The method according to any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein the second WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to The deviation of the starting position of the transmission window is a first deviation.
  21. 根据权利要求6至10、15、19中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述MCCH传输窗口用于传输MCCH DCI。The method according to any one of claims 6 to 10, 15, 19, wherein the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
  22. 根据权利要求5至21中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 5 to 21, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括第一WUS或者第二WUS的配置信息,其中,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS的配置信息包括以下至少之一:WUS持续时间的长度、WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置对应的第一偏差。The terminal device receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS, wherein the configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS includes at least one of the following: WUS persistent The first deviation corresponding to the length of time, the start position or the end position of the WUS duration.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息携带在系统信息块SIB或者MCCH信令中。The method according to claim 22, wherein the first configuration information is carried in a system information block (SIB) or MCCH signaling.
  24. 根据权利要求5至23中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS属于DCI的情况下,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS通过WUS RNTI加扰。The method according to any one of claims 5 to 23, wherein, when the first WUS or the second WUS belongs to DCI, the first WUS or the second WUS is scrambled through WUS RNTI.
  25. 根据权利要求5至15中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或是否接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。The method according to any one of claims 5 to 15, wherein the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS And/or whether to receive MCCH signaling behind the first WUS.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein said method further comprises:
    若所述第一信息的取值为第一值,则所述终端设备确定监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令;If the value of the first information is the first value, the terminal device determines to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS;
    若所述第一信息的取值为第二值,则所述终端设备确定不监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或不接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。If the value of the first information is the second value, the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS and/or not to receive the MCCH signaling behind the first WUS.
  27. 根据权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。The method according to any one of claims 16 to 20, wherein the first indication information includes second information, and the value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change behind the second WUS Notify the DCI.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 27, wherein said method further comprises:
    若所述第二信息的取值为第一值,则所述终端设备确定监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI;If the value of the second information is the first value, the terminal device determines to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI behind the second WUS;
    若所述第二信息的取值为第二值,则所述终端设备确定不监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。If the value of the second information is the second value, the terminal device determines not to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI following the second WUS.
  29. 根据权利要求2至24中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 24, wherein the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: MBS service with changed MBS configuration, MBS The configuration of the MBS service has not changed.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。The method according to claim 29, wherein the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to an identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used It is used to indicate whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service corresponding to the bit.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。The method according to claim 30, wherein the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: MBS session identification of the MBS service, TMGI of the MBS service, and MBS index of the MBS service.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的方法,其中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;The method according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of N MBS services, and N is a positive integer;
    所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,The corresponding relationship between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or,
    所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。The corresponding relationship between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 32, wherein,
    所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or,
    所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  34. 根据权利要求30至33中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 30 to 33, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一信令为第一DCI的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要重新获取MCCH信令; 若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令;When the first signaling is the first DCI, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has undergone a change in MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines It is necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then the terminal device determines that it is not necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling ;
    所述第一信令为第一WUS的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;In the case where the first signaling is the first WUS, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has changed, the terminal device determines It is necessary to monitor MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service that the terminal device joins has not undergone an MBS configuration change, then the terminal device determines that no Need to monitor MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling;
    所述第一信令为第二WUS的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI;若所述终端设备基于所述第一比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI。In the case where the first signaling is the second WUS, if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the MBS configuration of the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has undergone a change in MBS configuration, the terminal device determines It is necessary to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI; if the terminal device determines based on the first bitmap that the first MBS service joined by the terminal device has not undergone an MBS configuration change, the terminal device determines that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI .
  35. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。The method according to claim 29, wherein the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the selection of the bits The value is used to indicate whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;The method according to claim 35, wherein the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer;
    所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,The correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or,
    所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。The correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 36, wherein,
    所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or,
    所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  38. 根据权利要求35至37中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 35 to 37, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一信令为第一DCI的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要重新获取MCCH信令,并基于所述MCCH信令获取所述第一MBS业务的更新的MBS配置;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令;When the first signaling is the first DCI, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service to which the terminal device belongs belongs has changed, then The terminal device determines that it is necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling, and obtains an updated MBS configuration of the first MBS service based on the MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines that the terminal device joins in based on the second bitmap The MBS service group to which the first MBS service belongs does not change the MBS configuration, then the terminal device determines that it does not need to re-acquire MCCH signaling;
    所述第一信令为第一WUS的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令;When the first signaling is the first WUS, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs to has undergone a change, then The terminal device determines that it needs to monitor MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling; if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs belongs to does not have MBS configuration change, the terminal device determines that it does not need to monitor MCCH DCI and/or reacquire MCCH signaling;
    所述第一信令为第二WUS的情况下,若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组发生了MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI;若所述终端设备基于所述第二比特图确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组未发生MBS配置的变更,则所述终端设备确定不需要监听MCCH变更通知DCI。When the first signaling is the second WUS, if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS configuration of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device belongs to has undergone a change, then The terminal device determines that it needs to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI; if the terminal device determines based on the second bitmap that the MBS service group to which the first MBS service the terminal device belongs to has not changed the MBS configuration, then the The terminal device determines that it does not need to monitor the MCCH change notification DCI.
  39. 根据权利要求35至38中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定至少一个MBS业务与至少一个MBS业务组之间的对应关系;The terminal device receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to determine a correspondence between at least one MBS service and at least one MBS service group;
    所述终端设备基于所述第二配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组。The terminal device determines, based on the second configuration information, the MBS service group to which the first MBS service that the terminal device joins belongs.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其中,所述第二配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。The method according to claim 39, wherein the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  41. 根据权利要求35至38中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于确定业务组标识和业务标识之间的对应关系;所述终端设备基于所述第三配置信息,确定所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识;或者,The terminal device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to determine the correspondence between service group identifiers and service identifiers; the terminal device determines, based on the third configuration information, the The service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service belongs; or,
    所述终端设备基于所述终端设备加入的第一MBS业务的业务标识,确定所述第一MBS业务所属的MBS业务组的业务组标识。The terminal device determines the service group identifier of the MBS service group to which the first MBS service belongs based on the service identifier of the first MBS service that the terminal device joins.
  42. 根据权利要求1至41中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 41, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备获取第一标签的取值,所述MCCH信令中的内容每发生一次变更,所述第一标签的取值加1;The terminal device acquires the value of the first label, and every time the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the first label is increased by 1;
    所述终端设备基于所述第一标签的取值,确定是否需要重新获取MCCH信令。The terminal device determines whether to reacquire MCCH signaling based on the value of the first label.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其中,所述终端设备获取第一标签的取值,包括:The method according to claim 42, wherein said terminal device acquiring the value of the first tag comprises:
    所述终端设备从SIB或者MCCH DCI中获取所述第一标签的取值。The terminal device acquires the value of the first label from the SIB or MCCH DCI.
  44. 根据权利要求42或43所述的方法,其中,所述终端设备获取第一标签的取值,包括:The method according to claim 42 or 43, wherein the acquiring the value of the first tag by the terminal device comprises:
    所述终端设备在MCCH修改周期内获取所述第一标签的取值。The terminal device acquires the value of the first label in the MCCH modification period.
  45. 根据权利要求42至44中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一标签的初始值为0,所述第一标签的最大值为H,H为正整数,所述第一标签的取值达到最大值后恢复至所述初始值。The method according to any one of claims 42 to 44, wherein the initial value of the first label is 0, the maximum value of the first label is H, H is a positive integer, and the first label After the value reaches the maximum value, it returns to the initial value.
  46. 根据权利要求42至45中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述终端设备基于所述第一标签的取值,确定是否需要重新获取MCCH信令,包括:The method according to any one of claims 42 to 45, wherein the terminal device determines whether to re-acquire MCCH signaling based on the value of the first label, including:
    若所述终端设备存储的第一标签的取值和获取到的第一标签的取值相同,则确定不需要重新获取MCCH信令;If the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is the same as the obtained value of the first label, it is determined that it is not necessary to re-acquire MCCH signaling;
    若所述终端设备存储的第一标签的取值和获取到的第一标签的取值不同,则确定需要重新获取MCCH信令。If the value of the first label stored by the terminal device is different from the acquired value of the first label, it is determined that the MCCH signaling needs to be acquired again.
  47. 一种通知信息变更的方法,所述方法包括:A method of notifying information changes, the method comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:The network device sends first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI;
    所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
    所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
    其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令为第一DCI,所述第一DCI中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令。The method according to claim 47, wherein the first signaling is a first DCI, and the first indication information carried in the first DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法,其中,所述第一DCI通过第一RNTI加扰;The method of claim 48, wherein the first DCI is scrambled by a first RNTI;
    所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI;或者,The first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI; or,
    所述第一RNTI为专用于加扰所述第一DCI的RNTI。The first RNTI is an RNTI dedicated to scrambling the first DCI.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其中,所述第一RNTI为加扰MCCH DCI的RNTI的情况下,The method according to claim 49, wherein, when the first RNTI is the RNTI of scrambling MCCH DCI,
    所述第一DCI携带第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一DCI是用于通知MCCH变更还是用于调度MCCH。The first DCI carries second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first DCI is used for notifying MCCH change or for scheduling MCCH.
  51. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令为第一WUS,所述第一WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI和/或重新获取MCCH信令。The method according to claim 47, wherein the first signaling is the first WUS, and the first indication information carried in the first WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors MCCH DCI and/or Reacquire MCCH signaling.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS关联一个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的MCCH传输窗口之前。The method of claim 51, wherein the first WUS is associated with an MCCH transmission window, the first WUS being located before its associated MCCH transmission window.
  53. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS关联K个MCCH传输窗口,所述第一WUS位于其关联的K个MCCH传输窗口之前,K为大于1的整数。The method according to claim 51, wherein the first WUS is associated with K MCCH transmission windows, the first WUS is located before its associated K MCCH transmission windows, and K is an integer greater than 1.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,所述K的取值为网络设备配置的。The method according to claim 53, wherein the value of K is configured by a network device.
  55. 根据权利要求53或54所述的方法,其中,所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置为网络设备配置的。The method according to claim 53 or 54, wherein the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is configured by the network equipment.
  56. 根据权利要求53至55中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述K个MCCH传输窗口中的第一个MCCH传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。The method according to any one of claims 53 to 55, wherein the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to The deviation of the starting position of the first MCCH transmission window among the K MCCH transmission windows is the first deviation.
  57. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS关联一个传输周期,所述第一WUS位于其关联的传输周期之前。51. The method of claim 51, wherein the first WUS is associated with a transmission period, the first WUS preceding its associated transmission period.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其中,所述传输周期的长度为网络设备配置的。The method according to claim 57, wherein the length of the transmission period is configured by a network device.
  59. 根据权利要求57或58所述的方法,其中,所述传输周期的起始位置基于所述传输周期 的长度确定。A method according to claim 57 or 58, wherein the starting position of the transmission period is determined based on the length of the transmission period.
  60. 根据权利要求57至59中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输周期的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。The method according to any one of claims 57 to 59, wherein the first WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the WUS duration, and the start position or end position of the WUS duration is relative to The deviation of the starting position of the transmission cycle is a first deviation.
  61. 根据权利要求57至60中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述传输周期包括L个MCCH传输窗口,L为大于1的整数。The method according to any one of claims 57 to 60, wherein the transmission period includes L MCCH transmission windows, where L is an integer greater than 1.
  62. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中,所述第一信令为第二WUS,所述第二WUS中携带的所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI。The method according to claim 47, wherein the first signaling is the second WUS, and the first indication information carried in the second WUS is used to indicate whether the terminal device monitors MCCH change notification DCI.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其中,所述第二WUS关联一个传输窗口,所述传输窗口用于传输MCCH变更通知DCI,所述第二WUS位于其关联的传输窗口之前。The method of claim 62, wherein said second WUS is associated with a transmission window for transmitting MCCH change notification DCI, said second WUS being located before its associated transmission window.
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的方法,其中,所述传输窗口为MCCH修改周期内的一个窗口。The method of claim 63, wherein the transmission window is a window within an MCCH modification period.
  65. 根据权利要求63或64所述的方法,其中,所述传输窗口为MCCH传输窗口的情况下,所述MCCH变更通知DCI的搜索空间和MCCH DCI的搜索空间相同。The method according to claim 63 or 64, wherein, when the transmission window is an MCCH transmission window, the search space of the MCCH change notification DCI is the same as the search space of the MCCH DCI.
  66. 根据权利要求63至65中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二WUS是所述终端设备在WUS持续时间内监听到的,所述WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置相对于所述传输窗口的起始位置的偏差为第一偏差。The method according to any one of claims 63 to 65, wherein the second WUS is monitored by the terminal device within the duration of the WUS, and the start position or end position of the duration of the WUS is relative to The deviation of the starting position of the transmission window is a first deviation.
  67. 根据权利要求52至56、61、65中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述MCCH传输窗口用于传输MCCH DCI。The method according to any one of claims 52 to 56, 61, 65, wherein the MCCH transmission window is used to transmit MCCH DCI.
  68. 根据权利要求51至67中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 51 to 67, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括第一WUS或者第二WUS的配置信息,其中,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS的配置信息包括以下至少之一:WUS持续时间的长度、WUS持续时间的起始位置或者结束位置对应的第一偏差。The network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information includes configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS, where the configuration information of the first WUS or the second WUS includes at least the following One of: the length of the WUS duration, the first deviation corresponding to the start position or the end position of the WUS duration.
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的方法,其中,所述第一配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。The method according to claim 68, wherein the first configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  70. 根据权利要求51至69中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS属于DCI的情况下,所述第一WUS或者第二WUS通过WUS RNTI加扰。The method according to any one of claims 51 to 69, wherein, when the first WUS or the second WUS belongs to DCI, the first WUS or the second WUS is scrambled through WUS RNTI.
  71. 根据权利要求51至61中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第一WUS后面的MCCH DCI和/或是否接收所述第一WUS后面的MCCH信令。The method according to any one of claims 51 to 61, wherein the first indication information includes first information, and the value of the first information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH DCI behind the first WUS And/or whether to receive MCCH signaling behind the first WUS.
  72. 根据权利要求62至66中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括第二信息,所述第二信息的取值用于指示是否监听所述第二WUS后面的MCCH变更通知DCI。The method according to any one of claims 62 to 66, wherein the first indication information includes second information, and the value of the second information is used to indicate whether to monitor the MCCH change behind the second WUS Notify the DCI.
  73. 根据权利要求48至70中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示以下至少之一:MBS配置发生变更的MBS业务、MBS配置未发生变更的MBS业务。The method according to any one of claims 48 to 70, wherein the first indication information includes third information, and the third information is used to indicate at least one of the following: MBS service with changed MBS configuration, MBS The configuration of the MBS service has not changed.
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的方法,其中,所述第三信息为第一比特图,所述第一比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务的标识信息;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的MBS业务是否发生了MBS配置的变更。The method according to claim 73, wherein the third information is a first bit map, and each bit in the first bit map corresponds to an identification information of an MBS service; the value of the bit is used It is used to indicate whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service corresponding to the bit.
  75. 根据权利要求74所述的方法,其中,所述MBS业务的标识信息包括以下以下至少之一:MBS业务的MBS会话标识、MBS业务的TMGI、MBS业务的MBS索引。The method according to claim 74, wherein the identification information of the MBS service includes at least one of the following: MBS session identification of the MBS service, TMGI of the MBS service, and MBS index of the MBS service.
  76. 根据权利要求74或75所述的方法,其中,所述第一比特图中的N个比特位对应N个MBS业务的标识信息,N为正整数;The method according to claim 74 or 75, wherein the N bits in the first bit map correspond to N identification information of MBS services, and N is a positive integer;
    所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,The corresponding relationship between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is stipulated in the agreement; or,
    所述第一比特图中的N个比特位与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。The corresponding relationship between the N bits in the first bitmap and the identification information of the N MBS services is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 76, wherein,
    所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in ascending order from low to high; or,
    所述第一比特图中的N个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述N个MBS业务的标识信息按照从大到小的顺序对应。The N bits in the first bitmap correspond to the identification information of the N MBS services in descending order from low to high.
  78. 根据权利要求73所述的方法,其中,所述第三信息为第二比特图,所述第二比特图中的每个比特位对应一个MBS业务组的MBS组标识;所述比特位的取值用于指示该比特位对应的 MBS业务组是否发生了MBS配置的变更。The method according to claim 73, wherein the third information is a second bitmap, and each bit in the second bitmap corresponds to an MBS group identifier of an MBS service group; the selection of the bits The value is used to indicate whether the MBS configuration change has occurred in the MBS service group corresponding to this bit.
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的方法,其中,所述第二比特图中的M个比特位对应M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识,M为正整数;The method according to claim 78, wherein the M bits in the second bitmap correspond to MBS group identifiers of M MBS service groups, and M is a positive integer;
    所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为协议约定的;或者,The correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is stipulated in the agreement; or,
    所述第二比特图中的M个比特位与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识之间的对应关系为网络设备通过SIB或者MCCH信令配置的。The correspondence between the M bits in the second bitmap and the MBS group identities of the M MBS service groups is configured by the network device through SIB or MCCH signaling.
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 79, wherein,
    所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从小到大的顺序对应;或者,The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in ascending order from low to high; or,
    所述第二比特图中的M个比特位按照从低位到高位的顺序,与所述M个MBS业务组的MBS组标识按照从大到小的顺序对应。The M bits in the second bitmap correspond to the MBS group identifiers of the M MBS service groups in descending order from low to high.
  81. 根据权利要求78至80中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 78 to 80, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于确定至少一个MBS业务与至少一个MBS业务组之间的对应关系。The network device sends second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to determine a correspondence between at least one MBS service and at least one MBS service group.
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的方法,其中,所述第二配置信息携带在SIB或者MCCH信令中。The method according to claim 81, wherein the second configuration information is carried in SIB or MCCH signaling.
  83. 根据权利要求47至82中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 47 to 82, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备发送第一标签的取值,所述MCCH信令中的内容每发生一次变更,所述第一标签的取值加1。The network device sends the value of the first label, and every time the content in the MCCH signaling is changed, the value of the first label is increased by 1.
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的方法,其中,所述第一标签的取值携带在SIB或者MCCH DCI中。The method according to claim 83, wherein the value of the first label is carried in SIB or MCCH DCI.
  85. 根据权利要求83或84所述的方法,其中,所述第一标签的初始值为0,所述第一标签的最大值为H,H为正整数,所述第一标签的取值达到最大值后恢复至所述初始值。The method according to claim 83 or 84, wherein the initial value of the first label is 0, the maximum value of the first label is H, H is a positive integer, and the value of the first label reaches the maximum value then reverts to the initial value described.
  86. 一种通知信息变更的装置,应用于终端设备,所述装置包括:A device for notifying information changes is applied to a terminal device, the device comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:A receiving unit, configured to receive first signaling, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI;
    所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
    所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
    其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  87. 一种通知信息变更的装置,应用于网络设备,所述装置包括:A device for notifying information changes is applied to network equipment, and the device includes:
    发送单元,用于向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令携带第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:A sending unit, configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling carries first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述终端设备是否监听MCCH变更通知DCI;Whether the terminal device monitors the MCCH change notification DCI;
    所述终端设备是否监听MCCH DCI;Whether the terminal equipment monitors MCCH DCI;
    所述终端设备是否重新获取MCCH信令;Whether the terminal device reacquires MCCH signaling;
    其中,所述MCCH变更通知DCI用于通知MCCH变更,所述MCCH DCI用于调度MCCH,所述MCCH用于承载MCCH信令,所述MCCH信令包括一个或多个MBS配置。Wherein, the MCCH change notification DCI is used to notify the MCCH change, the MCCH DCI is used to schedule the MCCH, and the MCCH is used to carry MCCH signaling, and the MCCH signaling includes one or more MBS configurations.
  88. 一种终端设备,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求1至46中任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, and execute the computer program described in any one of claims 1 to 46 Methods.
  89. 一种网络设备,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求47至85中任一项所述的方法。A network device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to invoke and run the computer program stored in the memory, and execute the computer program described in any one of claims 47 to 85 Methods.
  90. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至46中任一项所述的方法。A chip, comprising: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 46.
  91. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求47至85中任一项所述的方法。A chip, comprising: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method as claimed in any one of claims 47 to 85.
  92. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至45中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-45.
  93. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求47至85中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 47-85.
  94. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求1至46中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions causing a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 46.
  95. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求47至85中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions for causing a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 47 to 85.
  96. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至46中任一项所述的方法。A computer program that causes a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 46.
  97. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求47至85中任一项所述的方法。A computer program that causes a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 47 to 85.
PCT/CN2021/110376 2021-08-03 2021-08-03 Method and apparatus for notifying information change, terminal device, and network device WO2023010287A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/110376 WO2023010287A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2021-08-03 Method and apparatus for notifying information change, terminal device, and network device
CN202180099082.8A CN117441381A (en) 2021-08-03 2021-08-03 Method and device for notifying information change, terminal equipment and network equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/110376 WO2023010287A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2021-08-03 Method and apparatus for notifying information change, terminal device, and network device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023010287A1 true WO2023010287A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85154987

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/110376 WO2023010287A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2021-08-03 Method and apparatus for notifying information change, terminal device, and network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117441381A (en)
WO (1) WO2023010287A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023202393A1 (en) * 2022-04-22 2023-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Multicast configuration information acquisition method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101969602A (en) * 2009-07-28 2011-02-09 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Channel content change notice method and channel re-detection method, system and equipment
CN106470482A (en) * 2015-08-17 2017-03-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The resource allocation method of SC-MCCH, system and device
CN106470400A (en) * 2015-08-14 2017-03-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The resource allocation method of single cell multicast control channel, system and device
CN107734645A (en) * 2016-08-11 2018-02-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The dispatching method and device of downlink transfer
CN108781346A (en) * 2016-08-11 2018-11-09 华为技术有限公司 Wireless communications method, terminal device based on multicast and base station
CN112567819A (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-03-26 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for transmitting WUS in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101969602A (en) * 2009-07-28 2011-02-09 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Channel content change notice method and channel re-detection method, system and equipment
CN106470400A (en) * 2015-08-14 2017-03-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The resource allocation method of single cell multicast control channel, system and device
CN106470482A (en) * 2015-08-17 2017-03-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The resource allocation method of SC-MCCH, system and device
CN107734645A (en) * 2016-08-11 2018-02-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The dispatching method and device of downlink transfer
CN108781346A (en) * 2016-08-11 2018-11-09 华为技术有限公司 Wireless communications method, terminal device based on multicast and base station
CN112567819A (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-03-26 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for transmitting WUS in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023202393A1 (en) * 2022-04-22 2023-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Multicast configuration information acquisition method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117441381A (en) 2024-01-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220322049A1 (en) Method and apparatus for scheduling service, terminal device, and network device
CN114424626A (en) Resource indication method and device, and communication equipment
WO2021051320A1 (en) Service data transmission method and apparatus, network device, and terminal device
WO2022006849A1 (en) Mbs service tci state management method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2022006875A1 (en) Method and apparatus for establishing mbs service, and terminal device and network device
US20230309121A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting mbs service, and terminal device
US20230276433A1 (en) Mcch scheduling transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2023010287A1 (en) Method and apparatus for notifying information change, terminal device, and network device
WO2021051312A1 (en) Information configuration method and apparatus, terminal device and network device
WO2021051319A1 (en) Drx configuration method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device
US20220329984A1 (en) Resource configuration method, terminal device, and non-transitory computer readable storage medium
WO2023004586A1 (en) Paging method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device
WO2023092531A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring broadcast service, and terminal device and network device
WO2023050185A1 (en) Variable maintenance method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2023272619A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining transmission mode, terminal device, and network device
WO2023070577A1 (en) Header compression method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device
WO2022266961A1 (en) Variable maintaining method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2023097665A1 (en) Data receiving method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2023102833A1 (en) Feedback state indication method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device
WO2023133843A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining configuration information, and terminal device
WO2023097601A1 (en) Method and apparatus for running drx timer, and terminal device
WO2022205454A1 (en) Paging indication method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device
WO2023097613A1 (en) Information determination method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2022126658A1 (en) Method and apparatus for mbs configuration change, terminal device, and network device
WO2022226937A1 (en) Mbs paging method and apparatus, network device, and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21952196

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180099082.8

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE